WO2018216483A1 - Liquid crystal display device - Google Patents

Liquid crystal display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018216483A1
WO2018216483A1 PCT/JP2018/018076 JP2018018076W WO2018216483A1 WO 2018216483 A1 WO2018216483 A1 WO 2018216483A1 JP 2018018076 W JP2018018076 W JP 2018018076W WO 2018216483 A1 WO2018216483 A1 WO 2018216483A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
liquid crystal
substituent
general formula
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/018076
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
栗山 毅
士朗 谷口
省二 船倉
健太郎 大石
Original Assignee
Dic株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dic株式会社 filed Critical Dic株式会社
Priority to JP2019519559A priority Critical patent/JP6680402B2/en
Priority to CN201880012143.0A priority patent/CN110300919B/en
Publication of WO2018216483A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018216483A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/12Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/20Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/34Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/42Mixtures of liquid crystal compounds covered by two or more of the preceding groups C09K19/06 - C09K19/40
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/60Pleochroic dyes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B25/00Quinophthalones
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B47/00Porphines; Azaporphines
    • C09B47/04Phthalocyanines abbreviation: Pc

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device.
  • Liquid crystal display devices are used in various electric appliances for home use, measuring instruments, automotive panels, word processors, electronic notebooks, printers, computers, televisions, etc., including clocks and calculators.
  • Typical liquid crystal display methods include TN (twisted nematic), STN (super twisted nematic), DS (dynamic light scattering), GH (guest / host), and IPS (in-plane switching).
  • Type OCB (optical compensation birefringence) type, ECB (voltage controlled birefringence) type, VA (vertical alignment) type, CSH (color super homeotropic) type, FLC (ferroelectric liquid crystal), etc.
  • As a driving method multiplex driving is generally used instead of conventional static driving, and the active matrix (AM) method driven by a TFT (thin film transistor), TFD (thin film diode) or the like has become mainstream recently. ing.
  • TFT thin film transistor
  • TFD thin film diode
  • a general color liquid crystal display device has a transparent electrode layer (a common electrode) between one alignment film of two substrates (1) each having an alignment film (4) and the substrate. 3a) and a color filter layer (2), a pixel electrode layer (3b) is provided between the other alignment film and the substrate, these substrates are arranged so that the alignment films face each other, and a liquid crystal layer ( 5) is sandwiched.
  • a transparent electrode layer a common electrode
  • the color filter layer is composed of a color filter composed of a black matrix, a red colored layer (R), a green colored layer (G), a blue colored layer (B), and, if necessary, a yellow colored layer (Y).
  • the liquid crystal material that constitutes the liquid crystal layer has been subjected to advanced management of impurities because impurities remaining in the material greatly affect the electrical characteristics of the display device.
  • the material for forming the alignment film it is already known that the alignment film directly affects the liquid crystal layer and the impurities remaining in the alignment film move to the liquid crystal layer, thereby affecting the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal layer.
  • the characteristics of the liquid crystal display device due to the impurities in the alignment film material are being studied.
  • the material such as the organic pigment used for the color filter layer is also assumed to have an influence on the liquid crystal layer due to impurities contained in the same manner as the alignment film material.
  • an alignment film and a transparent electrode are interposed between the color filter layer and the liquid crystal layer, it has been considered that the direct influence on the liquid crystal layer is significantly less than that of the alignment film material.
  • the alignment film is usually only 0.1 ⁇ m or less in thickness, and the common electrode used on the color filter layer side for the transparent electrode is usually 0.5 ⁇ m or less even if the film thickness is increased to increase the conductivity. .
  • the color filter layer and the liquid crystal layer are placed in a completely isolated environment, and the color filter layer is formed by impurities contained in the color filter layer through the alignment film and the transparent electrode.
  • display defects such as white spots due to a decrease in voltage holding ratio (VHR), an increase in ion density (ID), uneven alignment, and burn-in may occur.
  • VHR voltage holding ratio
  • ID increase in ion density
  • burn-in may occur.
  • the elution of impurities into the liquid crystal is controlled by using pigments whose ratio of the extract of ethyl formate is not more than a specific value.
  • a method (Patent Document 1) and a method (Patent Document 2) for controlling the elution of impurities into a liquid crystal by specifying a pigment in a blue colored layer have been studied. However, these methods are not significantly different from simply reducing impurities in the pigment, and are insufficient as an improvement to solve display defects even in the current state of progress in pigment purification technology. Met.
  • the difficulty of dissolving the organic impurities in the liquid crystal layer is expressed by the hydrophobic parameter of the liquid crystal molecules contained in the liquid crystal layer. Because of the correlation between the parameter value and the hydrophobic parameter and the —OCF 3 group at the end of the liquid crystal molecule, a liquid crystal compound having —OCF 3 group at the end of the liquid crystal molecule is contained in a certain proportion or more.
  • Patent Document 3 A method for producing a liquid crystal composition
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display device that solves the problem of display defects such as unevenness and burn-in.
  • the inventors of the present application have made extensive studies on a combination of a coloring material and the like for constituting a color filter and a structure of a liquid crystal material constituting a liquid crystal layer, and as a result, a liquid crystal material having a specific structure.
  • a liquid crystal display device using a color filter using a pigment and a compound having a specific structure prevents a decrease in voltage holding ratio (VHR) and an increase in ion density (ID) of the liquid crystal layer, and causes white spots and uneven alignment.
  • VHR voltage holding ratio
  • ID ion density
  • the present invention A first substrate; a second substrate; a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate; a color filter comprising at least an RGB three-color pixel portion; a pixel electrode and a common electrode And the liquid crystal layer has the general formula (I-1)
  • R 31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group
  • M 31 to M 32 are each independently trans-1
  • one hydrogen atom in the phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom
  • M 33 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group may be substituted with —O— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent
  • 1 or 2 water Atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom
  • X 31 and X 32 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom independently of one another
  • Z 31 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group
  • n 31 And n 32 independently represent 0, 1 or 2
  • n 31 + n 32 represents 0, 1 or 2
  • M 31 and M 33 when there are a plurality of M 31 and M 33, they may be the same or different.
  • R 19 to R 30 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • X 21 represents hydrogen
  • the RGB three-color pixel portion has a first group represented by the following general formula (PIG-1) having an average primary particle diameter of 5 to 50 nm in the G pixel portion as a colorant and 5 to 50 nm in the G pixel portion, and / or
  • X 1i to X 16i each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an optionally substituted phthalimidomethyl group, an optionally substituted sulfamoyl group, An alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • Y 1i represents a hydroxyl group, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent.
  • Aryl group, substituted represents an alkoxyl group which may have a group, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, and R1 and R2, and R3 to R5 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • X 17i to X 32i each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an optionally substituted phthalimidomethyl group, an optionally substituted sulfamoyl group, An alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • M represents Ga
  • Al represents a trivalent metal selected from the group consisting of Sc, Y and In, Y 2i represents —O—, —O—SiR 6 R 7 —O—, —O—SiR 6 R 7 —O—SiR 8 R 9 —O—, or —O—.
  • R10 represents R6—
  • R10 each independently has a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, an alkoxyl group that may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • a liquid crystal display device comprising at least one kind of metal phthalocyanine pigment selected from:
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention uses a color filter that uses a specific liquid crystal composition, a specific pigment, and a specific compound, thereby reducing the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer and increasing the ion density (ID).
  • VHR voltage holding ratio
  • ID ion density
  • FIG. 1 An example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is shown in FIG.
  • a transparent electrode layer (3a) serving as a common electrode, a specific pigment, and a specific pigment between one of the two substrates (1) of the first substrate and the second substrate (1) having the alignment film (4)
  • a color filter layer (2a) containing a specific compound is provided, a pixel electrode layer (3b) is provided between the other alignment film and the substrate, and these substrates are arranged so that the alignment films face each other.
  • a liquid crystal layer (5a) containing a specific liquid crystal composition is sandwiched.
  • the two substrates in the display device are bonded together by a sealing material and a sealing material disposed in the peripheral region, and in many cases, formed by a granular spacer or a photolithography method in order to maintain a distance between the substrates.
  • Spacer pillars made of the prepared resin are arranged.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has the general formula (I-1)
  • R 31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • M 31 to M 32 each independently represent a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is
  • the oxygen atom may be substituted with —O— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent, one or two hydrogen atoms in the phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and M 33 is trans-1
  • one or two hydrogen atoms may be substituted by a fluorine atom
  • X 31 and X 32 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom independently of one another
  • Z 31 is a fluorine atom in the phenylene group
  • n 31 and n 32 each independently represent 0, 1 or 2
  • n 31 + n 32 represents 0, 1 or 2
  • a plurality of M 31 and M 33 When present, they may be the same or different.
  • R 31 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a linear carbon when the ring structure to which R 31 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic).
  • R 31 is preferably an alkyl group. Further, if it is important to make a liquid crystal display device having a low viscosity and a high response speed, R 31 is preferably an alkenyl group. Furthermore, for the purpose of further shortening the response speed with a low viscosity and a high nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni), it is preferable to use an alkenyl group whose terminal is not an unsaturated bond. It is particularly preferred that the methyl group is adjacent to the end. Further, if importance is attached to good solubility at low temperatures, as one solution, R 31 is preferably an alkoxy group. As another solution, it is preferable to use many types of R 31 in combination.
  • R 31 a compound having an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination, and a compound having 3 or 5 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination. It is preferable to use compounds 4 and 5 in combination.
  • M 31 to M 32 are
  • M 31 is,
  • M 31 is preferably
  • M 32 is,
  • M 32 is
  • M 32 is
  • M 33 is
  • M 33 is
  • At least one of X 31 and X 32 is preferably a fluorine atom, more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
  • Z 31 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group.
  • X 31 , X 32 and Z 31 F.
  • n 31 is preferably 1 or 2
  • n 32 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0, and n 31 + n 32 is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (I-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Ia) to general formula (If).
  • R 32 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • X 31 to X 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom
  • Z 31 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group.
  • Alkyl groups linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms and alkenyl groups having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and the ring structure to which they are bonded is saturated such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane.
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms, and a linear carbon number of 2 to 5 are preferred.
  • R 32 is preferably an alkyl group. Further, if it is important to make a liquid crystal display device having a low viscosity and a high response speed, R 32 is preferably an alkenyl group. Furthermore, for the purpose of further shortening the response speed with a low viscosity and a high nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni), it is preferable to use an alkenyl group whose terminal is not an unsaturated bond. It is particularly preferred that the methyl group is adjacent to the end. Further, if importance is attached to good solubility at low temperature, as one solution, R 32 is preferably an alkoxy group.
  • R 32 it is preferable to use many types of R 32 in combination.
  • R 32 it is preferable to use a compound having an alkyl group or alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms, preferably a compound having 3 and 5 carbon atoms is used in combination, It is preferable to use compounds 4 and 5 in combination.
  • At least one of X 31 and X 32 is preferably a fluorine atom, more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
  • Z 31 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group.
  • X 31 , X 32 and Z 31 F.
  • At least one of X 33 and X 34 is preferably a fluorine atom, and more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
  • At least one of X 35 and X 36 is preferably a fluorine atom, and the fact that both are fluorine atoms is effective in increasing ⁇ , but it is effective for Tni, solubility at low temperatures and liquid crystal display elements. From the viewpoint of chemical stability. At least one of X 37 and X 38 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and preferably both of them are hydrogen atoms. When at least one of X 37 and X 38 is a fluorine atom, it is not preferable from the viewpoint of Tni, solubility at low temperature, and chemical stability when a liquid crystal display device is formed.
  • the compound group represented by the general formula (I-1) preferably contains 1 to 8 types, particularly preferably 1 to 5 types, and its content is 3 to 60% by mass. Preferably, it is 5 to 50% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has the general formula (I-2)
  • M 34 to M 35 each independently represent a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one or two —CH in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group 2 — may be substituted with —O— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent, and one or two hydrogen atoms in the phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, but present
  • At least one of M 34 and M 35 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, and the two —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group are not directly adjacent to each other.
  • Is substituted with -O- M 36 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one or two of —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is directly represented by an oxygen atom.
  • X 51 and X 52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom
  • Z 32 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group
  • Z 33 represents —CF 2 O— or a single bond
  • n 34 and n 36 each independently represent 0, 1 or 2
  • n 34 + n 36 represents 0, 1 or 2
  • a plurality of M 34 and M 36 may be the same or different.
  • R 33 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear carbon
  • An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) atoms and an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, A linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable.
  • R 33 is preferably an alkyl group. Further, if it is important to make a liquid crystal display device having a low viscosity and a high response speed, R 33 is preferably an alkenyl group. Furthermore, for the purpose of further shortening the response speed with a low viscosity and a high nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni), it is preferable to use an alkenyl group whose terminal is not an unsaturated bond. It is particularly preferred that the methyl group is adjacent to the end. Further, if importance is attached to good solubility at low temperatures, as one solution, R 33 is preferably an alkoxy group. As another solution, it is preferable to use many types of R 33 in combination.
  • R 33 it is preferable to use a compound having an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms, preferably a compound having 3 and 5 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination, It is preferable to use compounds 4 and 5 in combination.
  • M 34 to M 35 are
  • M 34 is
  • M 35 is
  • M 35 is
  • M 36 is preferably
  • M 36 is
  • At least one of X 51 and X 52 is preferably a fluorine atom, and more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
  • Z 32 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group.
  • n 34 is preferably 1 or 2
  • n 36 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0, and n 34 + n 36 is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (I-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Ig) to general formula (Ij).
  • R 33 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • X 51 to X 58 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom
  • Z 32 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group.
  • R 33 represents a linear carbon atom when the ring structure to which R 33 is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable.
  • R 33 is preferably an alkyl group. Further, if it is important to make a liquid crystal display device having a low viscosity and a high response speed, R 32 is preferably an alkenyl group. Furthermore, for the purpose of further shortening the response speed with a low viscosity and a high nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni), it is preferable to use an alkenyl group whose terminal is not an unsaturated bond. It is particularly preferred that the methyl group is adjacent to the end. Further, if importance is attached to good solubility at low temperatures, as one solution, R 33 is preferably an alkoxy group. As another solution, it is preferable to use many types of R 33 in combination.
  • R 33 it is preferable to use a compound having an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms, preferably a compound having 3 and 5 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination, It is preferable to use compounds 4 and 5 in combination.
  • At least one of X 51 and X 52 is preferably a fluorine atom, and more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
  • Z 32 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group.
  • At least one of X 53 and X 54 is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • At least one of X 53 and X 54 is preferably a fluorine atom, and both of them are fluorine atoms. This is effective for increasing ⁇ , but it is effective for Tni, low-temperature solubility and liquid crystal display elements. From the viewpoint of chemical stability. At least one of X 55 and X 56 is preferably a hydrogen atom. If one at least one of X 55 and X 56 is a fluorine atom, Tni, not preferable in terms of chemical stability upon the solubility and liquid crystal display elements at low temperatures. At least one of X 57 and X 58 is preferably a hydrogen atom. When at least one of X 57 and X 58 is a fluorine atom, it is not preferable from the viewpoint of Tni, solubility at low temperature, and chemical stability when a liquid crystal display device is formed.
  • the compound group represented by the general formula (I-2), more specifically, the compounds represented by the general formulas (Ig) to (Ij) are preferably contained in 1 to 5 types, It is particularly preferable to contain 1 to 3 types, and the content is preferably 2 to 30% by mass, more preferably 4 to 25% by mass, and particularly preferably 5 to 20% by mass. .
  • liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has a general formula (II-a) to a general formula (II-f)
  • R 19 to R 30 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • X 21 represents hydrogen
  • R 19 to R 30 are each a straight-chain carbon atom of 1 when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic).
  • an alkyl group of ⁇ 5 a linear alkoxy group of 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms and an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms, and the ring structure to which they are bonded is cyclohexane, pyran, dioxane, etc.
  • a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms In the case of a saturated ring structure, a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms, and a straight-chain carbon atom number 2-5 alkenyl groups are preferred.
  • R 19 to R 30 are preferably alkyl groups.
  • R 19 to R 30 are preferably alkenyl groups.
  • R 19 to R 30 it is preferable to use many types of R 19 to R 30 in combination.
  • R 19 to R 30 a compound having an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination, and a compound having 3 or 5 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination. It is preferable to use the compounds of formulas 3, 4 and 5 in combination.
  • R 19 to R 20 are preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and at least one of them is preferably an alkoxy group. More preferably, R 19 is an alkyl group and R 20 is an alkoxy group. More preferably, R 19 is an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 20 is an alkoxy group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
  • R 21 to R 22 are preferably an alkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • at least one of them is preferably an alkenyl group, and when emphasizing chemical reliability, both are preferably alkyl groups, in order to balance response speed and reliability. No. It is preferable to use both a compound in which only one is an alkenyl group and a compound in which both are alkyl groups.
  • At least one of R 23 to R 24 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms. If a good balance between the response speed and Tni is required, at least one of R 23 to R 24 is preferably an alkenyl group. If a good balance between the response speed and solubility at low temperature is required, R 23 to At least one of R 24 is preferably an alkoxy group.
  • At least one of R 25 to R 26 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • at least one of R 25 to R 26 is preferably an alkenyl group.
  • a compound in which R 25 to R 26 are all alkyl groups, or R 25 is an alkyl group and R 26 is an alkoxy group is used. You can also When an alkenyl group is used, R 25 is preferably an alkenyl group, and in this case, R 26 is more preferably an alkyl group.
  • At least one of R 27 to R 28 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R 27 ⁇ R 28 is an alkenyl group
  • R 27 ⁇ At least one of R 28 is preferably an alkoxy group. More preferably, R 27 is an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, and R 28 is an alkyl group. It is also preferred that R 27 is an alkyl group and R 28 is an alkoxy group. Furthermore, it is particularly preferred that R 27 is an alkyl group and R 28 is an alkyl group.
  • X 21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • At least one of R 29 to R 30 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms. If a good balance between the response speed and Tni is required, at least one of R 29 to R 30 is preferably an alkenyl group, and if high reliability is required, at least one of R 29 to R 30 is an alkyl group. It is preferable that More preferably, R 29 is an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, and R 30 is an alkyl group or an alkenyl group. Also, R 29 is preferably an alkyl group and R 30 is preferably an alkenyl group, and R 29 is preferably an alkenyl group and R 30 is preferably an alkyl group. Furthermore, it is also preferred that R 29 is an alkyl group and R 30 is an alkyl group.
  • the compound group represented by the general formula (II-a) to the general formula (II-f) preferably contains 1 to 10 types, particularly preferably 1 to 8 types, and its content is 5 It is preferably ⁇ 80% by mass, more preferably 10 to 75% by mass, and particularly preferably 20 to 70% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal composition when realizing a high-speed response by reducing ⁇ 1 of the liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to use one or more compounds from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (II-b) or (II-d), It is more preferable to use two or more compounds from the compound group represented by the general formula (II-b), two or more compounds from the compound group represented by the general formula (II-b), and a compound represented by (II-d). It is particularly preferable to use one or more compounds from the compound group.
  • the content of the compound group represented by the general formula (II-b) or (II-d) is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, and 20 to 65% by mass. % Is particularly preferred.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may further have the general formula (III-a) to the general formula (III-f)
  • R 41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • X 41 to X 48 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom
  • Z 41 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group.
  • R 41 is a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and a straight chain when the ring structure to which R 41 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic).
  • a chain-like alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms and an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and the ring structure to which they are bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane Includes a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. preferable.
  • R 41 is preferably an alkyl group. Further, if it is important to make a liquid crystal display device having a low viscosity and a high response speed, R 41 is preferably an alkenyl group. Furthermore, for the purpose of further shortening the response speed with a low viscosity and a high nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni), it is preferable to use an alkenyl group whose terminal is not an unsaturated bond. It is particularly preferred that the methyl group is adjacent to the end. Moreover, if importance is attached to good solubility at low temperature, as one solution, R 41 is preferably an alkoxy group.
  • R 41 it is preferable to use many types of R 41 in combination.
  • R 41 it is preferable to use a compound having an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms, preferably a compound having 3 and 5 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination, It is preferable to use compounds 4 and 5 in combination.
  • At least one of X 41 and X 42 is preferably a fluorine atom, more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
  • Z 41 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group.
  • X 43 and X 44 at least one of them is preferably a fluorine atom, and both of them are preferably a fluorine atom in order to obtain a large ⁇ .
  • both of them are preferably a fluorine atom in order to obtain a large ⁇ .
  • At least one of X 45 and X 46 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and preferably both of them are hydrogen atoms.
  • the heavy use of fluorine atoms is not preferable from the viewpoints of Tni, solubility at low temperatures, and chemical stability when a liquid crystal display device is formed.
  • At least one of X 47 and X 48 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and preferably both are hydrogen atoms.
  • X 47 and X 48 is a fluorine atom, it is not preferable from the viewpoint of Tni, solubility at low temperature, and chemical stability when a liquid crystal display device is formed.
  • the compound selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (III-a) to general formula (III-f) preferably contains 1 to 10 types, more preferably 1 to 8 types, The content is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 40% by mass.
  • ⁇ at 25 ° C. is preferably +3.5 or more, more preferably +3.5 to +15.0.
  • ⁇ n at 25 ° C. is preferably 0.08 to 0.14, and more preferably 0.09 to 0.13. More specifically, when it corresponds to a thin cell gap, it is preferably 0.10 to 0.13, and when it corresponds to a thick cell gap, it is preferably 0.08 to 0.10.
  • the ⁇ at 20 ° C. is preferably 10 to 45 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably 10 to 25 mPa ⁇ s, and particularly preferably 10 to 20 mPa ⁇ s.
  • T ni is preferably 60 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 70 ° C. to 100 ° C., and particularly preferably 70 ° C. to 85 ° C.
  • the liquid crystal composition in the present invention may contain a normal nematic liquid crystal, a smectic liquid crystal, a cholesteric liquid crystal and the like in addition to the above-mentioned compounds.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention may contain one or more polymerizable compounds in order to produce a liquid crystal display element such as PS mode, lateral electric field type PSA mode, or lateral electric field type PSVA mode.
  • the polymerizable compound that can be used include a photopolymerizable monomer that undergoes polymerization by energy rays such as light.
  • the structure has, for example, a liquid crystal skeleton in which a plurality of six-membered rings such as biphenyl derivatives and terphenyl derivatives are connected. Examples thereof include a polymerizable compound. More specifically, the general formula (V)
  • X 51 and X 52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s —
  • Z 51 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH.
  • M 51 represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond, and all 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula have an arbitrary hydrogen atom substituted by a fluorine atom. Also good. ) Is preferred.
  • X 51 and X 52 are each preferably a diacrylate derivative that represents a hydrogen atom, or a dimethacrylate derivative that has a methyl group, and a compound in which one represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents a methyl group.
  • diacrylate derivatives are the fastest, dimethacrylate derivatives are slow, asymmetric compounds are in the middle, and a preferred embodiment can be used depending on the application.
  • a dimethacrylate derivative is particularly preferable.
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s —, but at least one of them is a single bond in a PSA display element.
  • a compound in which both represent a single bond or one in which one represents a single bond and the other represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s — is preferable.
  • 1 to 4 alkyl groups are preferable, and s is preferably 1 to 4.
  • Z 51 is —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond
  • —COO—, —OCO— or a single bond is more preferred, and a single bond is particularly preferred.
  • M 51 represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond in which any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom. preferable.
  • C represents a ring structure other than a single bond
  • Z 51 is preferably a linking group other than a single bond.
  • M 51 is a single bond
  • Z 51 is preferably a single bond.
  • the ring structure between Sp 1 and Sp 2 is specifically preferably the structure described below.
  • both ends shall be bonded to Sp 1 or Sp 2.
  • the polymerizable compounds containing these skeletons are optimal for PSA-type liquid crystal display elements because of the alignment regulating power after polymerization, and a good alignment state can be obtained, so that display unevenness is suppressed or does not occur at all.
  • general formula (V-1) to general formula (V-4) are particularly preferable, and general formula (V-2) is most preferable.
  • the polymerization proceeds even in the absence of a polymerization initiator, but may contain a polymerization initiator in order to accelerate the polymerization.
  • the polymerization initiator include benzoin ethers, benzophenones, acetophenones, benzyl ketals, acylphosphine oxides, and the like.
  • the liquid crystal composition containing the polymerizable compound in the present invention is provided with liquid crystal alignment ability by polymerization of the polymerizable compound contained therein by ultraviolet irradiation, and transmits light through the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition. It is used in a liquid crystal display element that controls As liquid crystal display elements, AM-LCD (active matrix liquid crystal display element), TN (nematic liquid crystal display element), STN-LCD (super twisted nematic liquid crystal display element), OCB-LCD and IPS-LCD (in-plane switching liquid crystal display element) However, it is particularly useful for AM-LCDs and can be used for transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display elements.
  • the color filter in the present invention is composed of a black matrix and at least an RGB three-color pixel unit.
  • the RGB three-color pixel unit is used as a color material, as a G color material, and as an average in the G pixel unit by a small-angle X-ray scattering method.
  • the RGB three-color pixel portion has a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and / or an anionic red organic dye in the R pixel portion and an ⁇ -type copper phthalocyanine pigment and / or a cationic blue organic in the B pixel portion as the color material. It preferably contains a dye.
  • the average primary particle size can be measured by the small angle X-ray scattering method by the method described in JP-A-2006-114302.
  • the normalized dispersion showing the particle size distribution by the small angle X-ray scattering method can be calculated by the method described in JP2013-96944A, and is preferably 20 to 50%. Note that the smaller the normalized dispersion value, the better the particle size distribution. When it exceeds 50%, coarse particles increase, and they appear on the surface of the color filter, leading to a decrease in the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer and an increase in ion density (ID), white spots, alignment unevenness, baking, etc. It becomes a problem of display failure.
  • VHR voltage holding ratio
  • ID ion density
  • Examples of the gallium, aluminum, scandium, yttrium or indium phthalocyanine pigment in the G pixel portion include a pigment represented by the following general formula (PIG-1) and a pigment represented by the following general formula (PIG-2).
  • a phthalocyanine pigment corresponding to the general formula (PIG-1) or the general formula (PIG-2) may be used alone, or a plurality of pigments corresponding to the general formula (PIG-1) may be used.
  • a plurality of pigments corresponding to the general formula (PIG-2) may be used, or both a pigment corresponding to the general formula (PIG-1) and a pigment corresponding to the general formula (PIG-2) may be used. .
  • X 1i to X 16i each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an optionally substituted phthalimidomethyl group, an optionally substituted sulfamoyl group, An alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • Y 1i represents a hydroxyl group, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent.
  • Aryl group, substituted represents an alkoxyl group which may have a group, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, and R1 and R2, and R3 to R5 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • X 17i to X 32i each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an optionally substituted phthalimidomethyl group, an optionally substituted sulfamoyl group, An alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • M represents Ga
  • Al represents a trivalent metal selected from the group consisting of Sc, Y and In, Y 2i represents —O—, —O—SiR 6 R 7 —O—, —O—SiR 6 R 7 —O—SiR 8 R 9 —O—, or —O—.
  • R10—O— represents R6—
  • R10 each independently has a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, an alkoxyl group that may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • the sulfamoyl group which may have a substituent is a dimethylaminomethylsulfamide group, a diethylaminomethylsulfamide group, a dimethylaminoethylsulfamide group. , Diethylaminoethylsulfamide group, dimethylaminopropylsulfamide group, diethylaminopropylsulfamide group and the like.
  • the alkyl group is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group.
  • alkyl group has a substituent
  • the alkyl group has a substituent, the trichloromethyl group, 2,2-dibromoethyl group, 2-nitropropyl group, benzyl group, 4-methylbenzyl group, 4-tert-butylbenzyl group, 4 -Methoxybenzyl group, 4-nitrobenzyl group, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl group and the like.
  • examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aryl group has a substituent, chlorophenyl group, bromophenyl group, methylphenyl group, nitrophenyl group, methoxyphenyl group, 2,4-dichlorophenyl group, pentafluorophenyl group, 2-methyl-4 -Chlorophenyl group, 2-aminophenyl group, 4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl group, 6-methyl-2-naphthyl group, 4,5,8-trichloro-2-naphthyl group, anthraquinonyl group, 2-aminoanthraquinonyl Group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent is a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, an adamantyl group.
  • the “cycloalkyl group having a substituent” include a cyclohexylmethyl group, a cyclohexylethyl group, a 2,5-dimethylcyclopentyl group, a 4-tert-butylcyclohexyl group, and the like.
  • the heterocyclic group which may have a substituent is an aromatic or aliphatic group containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a phosphorus atom.
  • thienyl group benzo [b] thienyl group, naphtho [2,3-b] thienyl group, thiantenyl group, furyl group, pyranyl group, isobenzofuranyl group, chromenyl group.
  • the alkoxyl group which may have a substituent is more preferably an alkoxyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more specifically, Methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, n-butoxy group, i-butoxy group, sec-butoxy group, t-butoxy group, trichloromethoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy group, 2 2,3,3-tetrafluoropropoxy group, 2,2-ditrifluoromethylpropoxy group, 2-ethoxyethoxy group, 2-butoxyethoxy group, 2-nitropropoxy group, benzyloxy group and the like.
  • the aryloxy group which may have a substituent includes a phenoxy group, a naphthoxy group, an anthryloxy group, a 3-t-butylphenoxy group. 2,4-di-t-butylphenoxy group, p-methylphenoxy group, p-nitrophenoxy group, p-methoxyphenoxy group, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy group, pentafluorophenoxy group, 2-methyl-4-chloro Examples include phenoxy group.
  • the alkylthio group which may have a substituent is a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a pentylthio group, a hexylthio group, an octylthio group.
  • decylthio group decylthio group, dodecylthio group, octadecylthio group, methoxyethylthio group, aminoethylthio group, benzylaminoethylthio group, methylcarbonylaminoethylthio group, phenylcarbonylaminoethylthio group and the like.
  • the arylthio group which may have a substituent is phenylthio group, 1-naphthylthio group, 2-naphthylthio group, 9-anthrylthio group, chlorophenyl Examples thereof include a thio group, a trifluoromethylphenylthio group, a cyanophenylthio group, a nitrophenylthio group, a 2-aminophenylthio group, and a 2-hydroxyphenylthio group.
  • metal phthalocyanine pigment represented by the general formula (PIG-1) include, for example, the compounds described below, but the present invention is not limited to these unless it exceeds the gist. Absent.
  • N 1k and n 1l in 1k, 1l are integers from 1 to 16
  • Specific examples of the metal phthalocyanine pigment represented by the general formula (PIG-2) include, for example, the compounds described below, but the present invention is not limited to these as long as the gist thereof is not exceeded. Absent.
  • a pigment derivative is contained as a dispersion aid in the G pixel portion.
  • the pigment derivative preferably contains at least one of a phthalocyanine pigment derivative and a quinophthalone pigment derivative.
  • the derivative portion include a phthalimidomethyl group, a sulfonic acid group, the same N- (dialkylamino) methyl group, and the same N- (dialkylaminoalkyl) sulfonic acid amide group. Two or more of these derivatives can be used in combination.
  • the amount of the pigment derivative used is preferably 4 parts or more and 20 parts or less, more preferably 6 parts or more, based on 100 parts of the total amount of the phthalocyanine pigment represented by the general formula (PIG-1) and / or the general formula (PIG-2). 16 parts or less are more preferable.
  • the G pixel portion contains one or more pigments selected from the quinophthalone compounds represented by the general formula (3), the general formula (4), and the general formula (5) as a hue adjustment. .
  • R 10 to R 24 , R 25 to R 39 , and R 40 to R 55 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
  • a monovalent alkyl group, an alkoxyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a —SO 3 H group, a —COOH group, a —SO 3 H group or a —COOH group Trivalent metal salt; an alkylammonium salt, a phthalimidomethyl group which may have a substituent, or a sulfamoyl group which may have a substituent.
  • R 10 to R 24 , R 25 to R 39 , and R 40 to R 55 may each independently have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
  • a good sulfamoyl group is preferable, and examples of the substituent include a dimethylaminopropylsulfamoyl group and a diethylaminopropylsulfamoyl group.
  • quinophthalone pigment represented by the general formula (3), the general formula (4), and the general formula (5) are represented by the following formulas (3a) to (5a).
  • the present invention is not limited to these compounds as long as the gist of the present invention is not exceeded.
  • the R pixel portion preferably contains a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and / or an anionic red organic dye.
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment include C.I. I. One or two or more selected from Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, 272, Orange 71, 73, and brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole are preferable. From Red 254, 255, 264, and 272 One or more selected are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 is particularly preferred.
  • Specific examples of the anionic red organic dye include C.I. I. One or more selected from Solvent Red 124, Acid Red 52 and 289 are preferred. I. Solvent Red 124 is particularly preferred.
  • the pigment derivative preferably contains at least one of a quinacridone pigment derivative, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative, an anthraquinone pigment derivative, and a thiazine pigment derivative.
  • the derivative portion include a phthalimidomethyl group, a sulfonic acid group, the same N- (dialkylamino) methyl group, and the same N- (dialkylaminoalkyl) sulfonic acid amide group. Two or more of these derivatives can be used in combination.
  • the amount of the pigment derivative used is preferably 4 to 20 parts, more preferably 6 to 16 parts, based on 100 parts of the diketopyrrolopyrrole red pigment and / or anionic red organic dye.
  • the B pixel portion preferably contains an ⁇ -type phthalocyanine pigment or a cationic blue organic dye.
  • the ⁇ -type phthalocyanine pigment Pigment Blue 15: 6 is preferable, and as the cationic blue organic dye, a triarylmethane dye or a triarylmethane lake pigment is preferably contained.
  • triarylmethane lake pigment As triarylmethane lake pigment, the following general formula (6)
  • R 11j to R 16j are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted carbon number. Represents an aryl group of 1 to 8.
  • R 11j to R 16j represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent
  • adjacent R 11j and R 12j , R 13j and R 14j , R 15j and R 16j are combined with good .
  • X 11j and X 12j also form a ring each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having a substituent and 1 carbon atoms which may have 8 .
  • Z - Is a heteropolyoxometalate anion represented by (P 2 Mo y W 18-y O 62 ) 6- / 6 and an integer of y 0, 1, 2, or 3, or (SiMoW 11 O 40 ) 4 ⁇ / Heteropolyoxometalate anion which is 4 , At
  • R 11j to R 16j may be the same or different. Accordingly, the —NRR (RR represents any combination of R 11j R 12j , R 13j R 14j , and R 15j R 16j ) group may be symmetric or asymmetric.
  • R 11j to R 16j each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent from the viewpoint of chemical stability.
  • An aryl group which may be present is preferable.
  • R 11j to R 16j are each independently a hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, cyclopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, It is more preferably any of alkyl groups such as tert-butyl group, pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group and 2-ethylhexyl group, and aryl groups such as phenyl group and naphthyl group. .
  • R 11j to R 16j represent an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • the alkyl group or aryl group may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • the optional substituent that the alkyl group or aryl group may further have include the following [Substituent group Y].
  • R 11j to R 16j are more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and more specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group.
  • X 11j and X 12j when X 11j and X 12j are the above alkyl groups, they may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and propoxy group.
  • X 11j and X 12j include haloalkyl groups such as a fluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a trichloromethyl group, and a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group; an alkoxyalkyl group such as a methoxymethyl group, and the like Is mentioned.
  • X 11j and X 12j are preferably a substituent having an appropriate steric hindrance such as a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a chlorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group that does not affect the twist. .
  • X 11j and X 12j are most preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a chlorine atom from the viewpoint of color tone and heat resistance.
  • the deficient Dawson-type phosphotungstic acid is preferably a 1-deficient Dawson-type phosphotungstic acid heteropolyoxometalate anion (P 2 W 17 O 61 ) 10 ⁇ / 10 from the viewpoint of durability.
  • triarylmethane lake pigment represented by the general formula (6) include, for example, compounds described in the following Tables 1 to 7.
  • the present invention includes these compounds as long as the gist thereof is not exceeded. It is not limited.
  • the RGB three-color pixel portion is a color material that contains C.I. I. Solvent Red 124, G pixel part contains gallium or aluminum phthalocyanine, B pixel part contains Pigment Blue 15: 6, and R pixel part and / or B pixel part contains a xanthene compound. preferable.
  • xanthene compound examples include, for example, compounds represented by the following general formulas (7a) to (7b), but the present invention is not limited to these unless the gist is exceeded. It is not a thing.
  • R a represents a dodecyl group
  • R b represents a 2-ethylhexyl group
  • R c represents a 2-ethylhexyl group.
  • the RGB three-color pixel portion is further provided with C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 242, 166, 167, 179, 269, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 38, 71, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, 215, 185, 138, 139, C.I. I. Acid Red 52, C.I. I. Basic Red 1, C.I. I. Solvent Red 89, C.I. I. Solvent Orange 56, C.I. I. It is preferable to contain at least one organic dye / pigment selected from the group consisting of Solvent Yellow 21, 82, 83: 1, 33 and 162.
  • the RGB three-color pixel portion further includes C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, 215, 185, 138, C.I. I. It is preferable to contain at least one organic dye / pigment selected from the group consisting of Solvent Yellow 21, 82, 83: 1 and 33.
  • the RGB three-color pixel portion has a C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23, C.I. I. Basic Violet 10, C.I. I. Acid Blue 1, 90, 83, C.I. I. Direct Blue 86, C.I. I. It is preferable to contain at least one organic dye / pigment selected from the group consisting of Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3 and 15: 4.
  • the color filter is composed of a black matrix, an RGB three-color pixel portion, and a Y pixel portion.
  • the chromaticity x and chromaticity y in the XYZ color system under the C light source of each pixel portion prevent a decrease in voltage holding ratio (VHR) and an increase in ion density (ID) of the liquid crystal layer. From the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of display defect problems such as white spots, uneven alignment, and baking, the following are preferable.
  • the chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the R pixel portion is preferably 0.58 to 0.69, more preferably 0.62 to 0.68, and the chromaticity y is 0. .30 to 0.36 is preferable, 0.31 to 0.35 is more preferable, chromaticity x is 0.58 to 0.69, and chromaticity y is 0.30 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.62 to 0.68, and the chromaticity y is more preferably 0.31 to 0.35.
  • the chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the G pixel portion is preferably 0.19 to 0.35, more preferably 0.20 to 0.29, and the chromaticity y is 0. .54 to 0.76 is preferred, 0.64 to 0.74 is more preferred, chromaticity x is 0.19 to 0.35, and chromaticity y is 0.54 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.20 to 0.29, and the chromaticity y is 0.64 to 0.74.
  • the chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the B pixel portion is preferably 0.12 to 0.20, more preferably 0.13 to 0.18, and the chromaticity y is 0. 0.04 to 0.12 is preferable, 0.05 to 0.09 is more preferable, chromaticity x is 0.12 to 0.18, and chromaticity y is 0.04 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.13 to 0.17, and the chromaticity y is 0.04 to 0.09.
  • the chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the Y pixel portion is preferably 0.46 to 0.50, more preferably 0.47 to 0.48, and the chromaticity y is 0. .48 to 0.53 is preferable, 0.50 to 0.52 is more preferable, chromaticity x is 0.46 to 0.50, and chromaticity y is 0.48 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.47 to 0.48, and the chromaticity y is 0.50 to 0.52.
  • the XYZ color system means a color system approved as a standard color system by the CIE (International Lighting Commission) in 1931.
  • the chromaticity in each of the pixel portions can be adjusted by changing the type of dyes and pigments used and their mixing ratio.
  • a yellow dye and / or orange pigment is used as the red dye / pigment
  • the yellow dye / pigment is used as the green dye / pigment
  • a purple dye or yellowish dye is used as the blue dye / pigment. It is possible to adjust by adding an appropriate amount of the blue dye / pigment. It can also be adjusted by appropriately adjusting the particle size of the pigment.
  • the color filter can form a color filter pixel portion by a conventionally known method.
  • a typical method for forming the pixel portion is a photolithography method, which applies and heats a photocurable composition to be described later on the surface of the transparent substrate for the color filter provided with the black matrix. After drying (pre-baking), pattern exposure is performed by irradiating ultraviolet rays through a photomask to cure the photo-curable compound at the location corresponding to the pixel portion, and then developing the unexposed portion with a developer. In this method, the non-pixel portion is removed and the pixel portion is fixed to the transparent substrate. In this method, a pixel portion made of a cured colored film of a photocurable composition is formed on a transparent substrate.
  • a photocurable composition to be described later is prepared for each pixel of other colors such as an R pixel, a G pixel, a B pixel, and a Y pixel as necessary.
  • a color filter having colored pixel portions of pixels, G pixels, B pixels, and Y pixels can be manufactured.
  • Examples of a method of applying a photocurable composition described later on a transparent substrate such as glass include a spin coating method, a slit coating method, a roll coating method, and an ink jet method.
  • the drying conditions of the coating film of the photocurable composition applied to the transparent substrate vary depending on the type of each component, the blending ratio, and the like, but are usually about 50 to 150 ° C. for about 1 to 15 minutes.
  • the light used for photocuring the photocurable composition it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays or visible light in the wavelength range of 200 to 500 nm. Various light sources that emit light in this wavelength range can be used.
  • Examples of the developing method include a liquid filling method, a dipping method, and a spray method.
  • the transparent substrate on which the necessary color pixel portion is formed is washed with water and dried.
  • the color filter thus obtained is subjected to a heat treatment (post-baking) at 90 to 280 ° C. for a predetermined time by a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven, thereby removing volatile components in the colored coating film and simultaneously applying light.
  • the unreacted photocurable compound remaining in the cured colored film of the curable composition is thermally cured to complete the color filter.
  • the color material for a color filter of the present invention By using the color material for a color filter of the present invention with the liquid crystal composition of the present invention, the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer is reduced and the ion density (ID) is prevented from being increased. It is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device that solves the problem of display defects such as baking.
  • the color filter pigment composition of the present invention As a method for producing the photocurable composition, the color filter pigment composition of the present invention, an organic solvent and a dispersant are used as essential components, and these are mixed and stirred and dispersed so as to be uniform.
  • a photocurable compound and, if necessary, a thermoplastic resin or a photopolymerization initiator are added to the photocurable composition.
  • a method of forming a composition is common.
  • organic solvent used here examples include aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, methoxybenzene, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
  • aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, methoxybenzene, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
  • Acetate solvents such as diethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol propyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol butyl ether acetate, propionate solvents such as ethoxyethyl propionate, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, butyl cellosolve, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl Ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether Ether solvents such as tellurium, ketone solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone and cyclohexanone, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, N, N-dimethylformamide, ⁇ -butyrolactam, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, aniline And nitrogen compound solvents such as pyridine, lactone solvents such as ⁇ -butyrolactone, and carbamate esters such as a 48:52 mixture of
  • Dispersants used here include, for example, Big Chemie's Dispersic 130, Dispersic 161, Dispersic 162, Dispersic 163, Dispersic 170, Dispersic 171, Dispersic 174, Dispersic 180, Dispersic 182, Dispersic 183, Dispersic 184, Dispersic 185, Dispersic 2000, Dispersic 2001, Dispersic 2020, Dispersic 2050, Dispersic 2070, Dispersic 2096, Dispersic 2150, Dispersic LPN21116, Dispersic LPN6919, Lubrizol Solsperse 3000, Solsperse 9000, Solsper 13240, Sol Sparse 13650, Sol Sparse 13940, Sol Sparse 17000, 18000, Sol Sparse 20000, Sol Sparse 21000, Sol Sparse 20000, Sol Sparse 24000, Sol Sparse 26000, Sol Sparse 28000, Sol Sparse 32000, Sol Sparse 36000, Sol Sparse 37000, Sol Sparse 1000, Sparse
  • organic pigment derivatives such as phthalimidomethyl derivatives, sulfonic acid derivatives, N- (dialkylamino) methyl derivatives, N- (dialkylaminoalkyl) sulfonic acid amide derivatives, etc. You can also. Of course, two or more of these derivatives can be used in combination.
  • thermoplastic resin used for the preparation of the photocurable composition examples include urethane resins, acrylic resins, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, styrene maleic acid resins, styrene maleic anhydride resins, and the like. .
  • photocurable compound examples include 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, ethylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, bis (acryloxyethoxy) bisphenol A, and 3-methylpentanediol diacrylate.
  • Bifunctional monomers such as acrylate, trimethylol propaton triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, tris [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, etc.
  • High molecular weight such as low molecular weight polyfunctional monomer, polyester acrylate, polyurethane acrylate, polyether acrylate, etc. Polyfunctional monomers.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include acetophenone, benzophenone, benzyldimethyl ketal, benzoyl peroxide, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 1,3-bis (4′-azidobenzal) -2-propane, 1,3-bis (4′- Azidobenzal) -2-propane-2′-sulfonic acid, 4,4′-diazidostilbene-2,2′-disulfonic acid, and the like.
  • photopolymerization initiators include, for example, “Irgacure (trade name) -184”, “Irgacure (trade name) -369”, “Darocur (trade name) -1173” manufactured by BASF, “Lucirin- "TPO”, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. "Kayacure (trade name) DETX”, “Kayacure (trade name) OA”, Stofer “Bicure 10", “Bicure 55", Akzo "Trigonal PI”, Sand “Sandray 1000" manufactured by Upjohn, “Deep” manufactured by Upjohn, and “Biimidazole” manufactured by Kurokin Kasei.
  • a known and commonly used photosensitizer can be used in combination with the photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photosensitizer include amines, ureas, compounds having a sulfur atom, compounds having a phosphorus atom, compounds having a chlorine atom, nitriles or other compounds having a nitrogen atom. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the blending ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30% with respect to the compound having a photopolymerizable or photocurable functional group on a mass basis. If it is less than 0.1%, the photosensitivity at the time of photocuring tends to decrease, and if it exceeds 30%, crystals of the photopolymerization initiator are precipitated when the pigment-dispersed resist coating film is dried. May cause deterioration of film properties.
  • the materials as described above 300 to 1000 parts of the organic solvent and 1 to 100 parts of the dispersant are made uniform per 100 parts of the color filter pigment composition of the present invention on a mass basis.
  • the dye / pigment solution can be obtained by stirring and dispersing in the same manner.
  • the pigment dispersion is combined with 3 to 20 parts in total of the thermoplastic resin and the photocurable compound per 1 part of the pigment composition for a color filter of the present invention, and 0.05 to 3 parts per 1 part of the photocurable compound.
  • a photopolymerization initiator and, if necessary, an organic solvent may be further added, and a photocurable composition for forming a color filter pixel portion can be obtained by stirring and dispersing so as to be uniform.
  • the developer a known and commonly used organic solvent or alkaline aqueous solution can be used.
  • the photocurable composition contains a thermoplastic resin or a photocurable compound, and at least one of them has an acid value and exhibits alkali solubility
  • the color filter can be washed with an alkaline aqueous solution. It is effective for forming the pixel portion.
  • the manufacturing method of the color filter pixel part by the photolithography method has been described in detail, the color filter pixel part prepared by using the pigment composition for the color filter of the present invention can be used in other electrodeposition methods, transfer methods, and micellar electrolysis.
  • a color filter may be manufactured by forming each color pixel portion by a method such as a method, a PVED (Photovoltaic Electrodeposition) method, an ink jet method, a reverse printing method, or a thermosetting method.
  • a color filter may be used in a state where an organic pigment is applied to a substrate and dried, and when a curable resin is contained in the pigment dispersion, a color filter may be obtained by curing with heat or active energy rays.
  • a volatile component in the coating film may be removed by heat treatment (post-baking) at 100 to 280 ° C. for a predetermined time using a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven.
  • the liquid crystal composition is aligned on the first substrate and the surface in contact with the liquid crystal composition on the second substrate.
  • the alignment film Although arranged between the liquid crystal layers, even if the alignment film is thick, it is as thin as 100 nm or less, and completely blocks the interaction between the pigment such as a pigment constituting the color filter and the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal layer. It is not a thing.
  • a pigment such as a pigment constituting a color filter and a liquid crystal compound constituting a liquid crystal layer becomes greater.
  • alignment film material transparent organic materials such as polyimide, polyamide, BCB (Penzocyclobutene Polymer), polyvinyl alcohol and the like can be used. Particularly, p-phenylenediamine, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, etc.
  • Aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic anhydrides such as aliphatic or alicyclic diamines, butanetetracarboxylic anhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride
  • a polyimide alignment film obtained by imidizing a polyamic acid synthesized from an aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydride such as a product is preferable.
  • rubbing is generally used as a method for imparting orientation, but when used for a vertical orientation film or the like, it can be used without imparting orientation.
  • the alignment film material a material containing chalcone, cinnamate, cinnamoyl or azo group in the compound can be used, and it may be used in combination with materials such as polyimide and polyamide. In this case, the alignment film is rubbed. Or a photo-alignment technique may be used.
  • the alignment film is generally formed by applying the alignment film material on a substrate by a method such as spin coating to form a resin film, but a uniaxial stretching method, Langmuir-Blodgett method, or the like can also be used.
  • a conductive metal oxide can be used as a material for the transparent electrode. Examples of the metal oxide include indium oxide (In 2 O 3 ), tin oxide (SnO 2 ), and zinc oxide.
  • ZnO indium tin oxide
  • In 2 O 3 —SnO 2 indium zinc oxide
  • niobium-doped titanium dioxide Ti 1-x Nb x O 2
  • fluorine-doped tin oxide graphene
  • ZnO zinc oxide
  • In 2 O 3 —SnO 2 indium tin oxide
  • In 2 O 3 —ZnO indium zinc oxide
  • a photo-etching method or a method using a mask can be used.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is particularly useful for a liquid crystal display device for active matrix driving, and is used for a liquid crystal display device for TN mode, IPS mode, polymer-stabilized IPS mode, FFS mode, OCB mode, VA mode or ECB mode. Applicable.
  • This liquid crystal display device and backlight are used in various applications such as LCD TVs, personal computer monitors, mobile phones, smartphone displays, notebook personal computers, personal digital assistants, and digital signage.
  • the backlight include a cold cathode tube type backlight, a two-wavelength peak pseudo-white backlight and a three-wavelength peak backlight using a light emitting diode or an organic EL element using an inorganic material.
  • the measured characteristics are as follows.
  • T ni Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C.) ⁇ n: refractive index anisotropy at 25 ° C. ⁇ : dielectric anisotropy at 25 ° C. ⁇ : viscosity at 20 ° C. (mPa ⁇ s) ⁇ 1: rotational viscosity at 25 ° C. (mPa ⁇ s) VHR: Voltage holding ratio at 70 ° C. (%) (The ratio of the measured voltage to the initial applied voltage in% when the liquid crystal composition was injected into a cell having a cell thickness of 3.5 ⁇ m and measured under the conditions of 5 V applied, frame time 200 ms, and pulse width 64 ⁇ s) ID: Ion density at 70 ° C.
  • Burn-in The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display element is based on the following four-level evaluation of the afterimage level of the fixed pattern when the predetermined fixed pattern is displayed in the display area for 1000 hours and then the entire screen is uniformly displayed. went.
  • [Create color filter] [Preparation of colored composition] [Green pigment coloring composition 1] 4.8 parts of the gallium phthalocyanine pigment 1 of the above general formula (1a) having a mean primary particle diameter of 25 nm and a normalized dispersion of 40% by a small angle X-ray scattering method, a yellow having a mean primary particle diameter of 30 nm and a normalized dispersion of 40% 47 parts of Pigment 1 (CI Pigment Yellow 138), 5 parts of a sulfonic acid derivative of Yellow 138, 7.0 parts of Dispersic LPN6919 (manufactured by Big Chemie Co., Ltd.) are placed in a polybin, 55 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, Add 0.3-0.4 mm ⁇ zirconia beads “ER-120S” manufactured by Saint-Gobain, and disperse with a paint conditioner (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.) for 4 hours, and then filter through a 5 ⁇ m
  • the average primary particle size and particle size distribution of the organic pigment are based on the small angle X-ray scattering profile (measured scattering profile) of the organic pigment dispersion based on the small angle X-ray scattering method disclosed in JP-A-2006-113042. It is obtained.
  • the normalized dispersion indicating the particle size distribution by the small angle X-ray scattering method is calculated by the method described in JP2013-96944A.
  • Green pigment coloring composition 2 Instead of 4.8 parts of the gallium phthalocyanine pigment of the green pigment coloring composition 1, 4.5 parts of the aluminum phthalocyanine pigment 2 of the above general formula (1b) having an average primary particle diameter of 40 nm and a normalized dispersion of 50%, copper phthalocyanine Using 0.3 part of a sulfonic acid derivative, instead of yellow pigment 1 (CI Pigment Yellow 138), using a quinophthalone pigment of the above general formula (3a) having an average primary particle size of 30 nm and a normalized dispersion of 40% In the same manner as above, a green pigment coloring composition 2 was obtained.
  • Green pigment coloring composition 3 In place of 4.8 parts of the gallium phthalocyanine pigment 1 of the green pigment coloring composition 1, an aluminum phthalocyanine pigment 3 having an average primary particle diameter of 20 nm and a normalized dispersion of 35% and having the average number of bromine substituents of 8 in the general formula (1l) And 4.5 parts of copper phthalocyanine sulfonic acid derivative, and 47 parts of yellow pigment 1 (CI Pigment Yellow 138), the average primary particle diameter is 30 nm and the normalized dispersion is 40%. Using 20 parts of the quinophthalone pigment of the formula (3a), a green pigment coloring composition 3 was obtained in the same manner as described above.
  • the average primary particle diameter is 20 nm, and the normalized dispersion is 35%.
  • the quinophthalone pigment which is the compound of (4a)
  • a green pigment coloring composition 5 was obtained in the same manner as described above.
  • quinophthalone pigment which is a compound of (4a) having an average primary particle size of 20 nm and a normalized dispersion of 35%, a green pigment is colored in the same manner as described above. Composition 5 was obtained.
  • Green pigment coloring composition 6 Instead of 4.8 parts of the gallium phthalocyanine pigment 1 of the green pigment coloring composition 1, 4.8 parts of the aluminum phthalocyanine pigment 6 of the general formula (1b) having an average primary particle diameter of 55 nm and a normalized dispersion of 65% are used. In the same manner as above, a green pigment coloring composition 6 was obtained.
  • Red pigment coloring composition 1 10 parts of red pigment 1 (CI Pigment Red 254) having an average primary particle diameter of 25 nm and a normalized dispersion of 40% in a small angle X-ray scattering method is placed in a polybin, 55 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, Dispersic LPN21116 ( After adding 7.0 parts of Saint-Gobain's 0.3-0.4mm ⁇ zirconia beads “ER-120S” and dispersing with a paint conditioner (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.) for 4 hours, 1 ⁇ m Filtration through a filter gave a pigment dispersion.
  • Red pigment coloring composition 2 instead of 10 parts of red pigment 1 of the above-mentioned red pigment coloring composition 1, 6 parts of red pigment 1 and 2 parts of red pigment 2 (FASTOGEN SUPER RED ATY-TR manufactured by CI Pigment Red 177 DIC Corporation), yellow pigment 2 Using 2 parts of (C.I. Pigment Yellow 139), a red pigment coloring composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as described above.
  • Blue pigment coloring composition 1 1.80 parts of triarylmethane lake pigment represented by the general formula (6) (Table 1 Compound No.
  • the average primary particle diameter in a small angle X-ray scattering method is 20 nm, normalized dispersion 50% blue pigment (CI Pigment Blue 15: 6) 1.80 parts, 0.18 parts of the xanthene compound of the general formula (7a), BYK-LPN21116 (Bic Chemie) 2.84 parts, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 10.19 parts, Saint-Gobain 0.3-0.4mm ⁇ zirconia beads “ER-120S” are put in a polybin, and paint conditioner (Toyo For 4 hours to obtain a pigment dispersion.
  • 10 parts of yellow pigment 1 (CI Pigment Yellow 150, FANCHON FAST YELLOW E4GN manufactured by LANXESS) was used in the same manner as described above, and yellow pigment 1 A colored composition 1 was obtained.
  • the red coloring composition was applied to a glass substrate on which a black matrix had been formed in advance so as to have a film thickness of 2 ⁇ m by spin coating. After drying at 70 ° C. for 20 minutes, a striped pattern was exposed to ultraviolet rays through a photomask in an exposure machine equipped with an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp.
  • the green coloring composition is similarly applied by spin coating so that the film thickness becomes 2 ⁇ m. After drying, the striped colored layer was exposed and developed at a place different from the above-mentioned red pixel by an exposure machine, thereby forming a green pixel adjacent to the above-mentioned red pixel.
  • red pixels and blue pixels adjacent to the green pixels were similarly formed by spin coating with a film thickness of 2 ⁇ m.
  • a color filter having striped pixels of three colors of red, green, and blue on the transparent substrate was obtained.
  • the yellow coloring composition was similarly formed by spin coating to form a yellow pixel adjacent to the red pixel and the green pixel with a film thickness of 2 ⁇ m. As a result, a color filter having striped pixels of four colors of red, green, blue and yellow on the transparent substrate was obtained.
  • Color filters 1 to 5 and comparative color filter 1 were prepared using the dye coloring composition or pigment coloring composition shown in the following table.
  • particles represented by a distribution having an average particle size of 1 nm or more and less than 40 nm are obtained.
  • a primary particle similarly, a distribution of 40 nm or more and less than 100 nm is represented as a secondary particle, and a distribution of 100 nm or more and 1000 nm or less is represented as a tertiary particle.
  • the volume fraction of primary particles represented by the distribution of the average particle diameter of 1 nm or more and less than 40 nm in the G pixel portion of the color filters 1 to 5 is 81 to 91%, and the distribution is 40 nm or more and less than 100 nm.
  • the volume fraction of secondary particles represented is 9 to 19%, the volume fraction of tertiary particles represented by a distribution of 100 nm to 1000 nm is 0.0%, and the volume fraction occupied by particles of 40 nm to 1000 nm is The rate was 9-19%.
  • the volume fraction of primary particles represented by a distribution having an average particle diameter of 1 nm or more and less than 40 nm in the G pixel portion of the color filter 6 is 74%
  • the volume fraction of tertiary particles represented by a distribution of 21%, a distribution of 100 nm to 1000 nm was 5%
  • the volume fraction of particles of 40 nm to 1000 nm was 25%.
  • Measuring instruments and measuring methods are as follows.
  • Analysis software Fit2D for two-dimensional data imaging and one-dimensionalization (obtained from the homepage of the European Synchron Radiation Facility [http://www.esrf.eu/computing/scientific/FIT2D/]) The analysis of the particle size distribution was performed with software NANO-Solver (Ver 3.6) manufactured by Rigaku Corporation.
  • Examples 1 to 5 An electrode structure is formed on at least one of the first and second substrates, a horizontal alignment film is formed on each facing side, and then a weak rubbing process is performed to create an IPS cell.
  • a liquid crystal composition 1 shown below was sandwiched between two substrates. The physical property values of the liquid crystal composition 1 are shown in the following table.
  • the liquid crystal composition 1 has a liquid crystal phase temperature range of 79 ° C. that is practical as a liquid crystal composition for TV, and has a low viscosity and an optimal ⁇ n.
  • Example 1 The liquid crystal display devices of Examples 1 to 5 were able to realize a high VHR. Further, even in the burn-in evaluation, there was no afterimage, or even a very slight and acceptable level.
  • Example 6 to 15 As in Example 1, the liquid crystal compositions 2 to 3 shown in the table below are sandwiched, and the liquid crystal display devices of Examples 6 to 15 are prepared using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table, and the VHR is measured. did. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
  • Example 16 to 30 As in Example 1, the liquid crystal compositions 4 to 6 shown in the following table were sandwiched, and the liquid crystal display devices of Examples 16 to 30 were prepared using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table, and the VHR was measured. did. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
  • the liquid crystal display devices of Examples 16 to 30 were able to realize a high VHR. Further, even in the burn-in evaluation, there was no afterimage, or even a very slight and acceptable level.
  • the liquid crystal display devices of Examples 31 to 45 were able to realize high VHR and small ID. Further, even in the burn-in evaluation, there was no afterimage, or even a very slight and acceptable level.
  • Examples 51 to 55 A liquid crystal composition 11 was prepared by mixing 0.3 mass% of biphenyl-4,4′-diyl bismethacrylate with 89.7 mass% of the liquid crystal composition 8 used in Example 36. The liquid crystal composition 11 was sandwiched between TN cells, and ultraviolet light was irradiated (3.0 J / cm 2 ) for 600 seconds while a driving voltage was applied between the electrodes, followed by a polymerization treatment. Liquid crystal display devices of Examples 51 to 55 were prepared using the filters 1 to 5, and their VHR and ID were measured. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
  • Examples 56 to 60 A liquid crystal composition 12 was prepared by mixing 0.3 mass% of biphenyl-4,4′-diyl bismethacrylate with 99.7 mass% of the liquid crystal composition 9 used in Example 41. The liquid crystal composition 12 was sandwiched between IPS cells, and ultraviolet light was irradiated (3.0 J / cm 2 ) for 600 seconds while a driving voltage was applied between the electrodes, followed by polymerization treatment, and then the color shown in the above table. Liquid crystal display devices of Examples 76 to 80 were prepared using filters 1 to 5, and their VHR was measured. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
  • Liquid crystal composition 13 was prepared by mixing 0.3% by mass of bismethacrylic acid 3-fluorobiphenyl-4,4′-diyl with 99.7% by mass of liquid crystal composition 10 used in Example 46. The liquid crystal composition 13 was sandwiched between FFS cells, and a polymerization treatment was performed by irradiating with ultraviolet rays (3.0 J / cm 2 ) for 600 seconds while applying a driving voltage between the electrodes. Liquid crystal display devices of Examples 61 to 65 were produced using filters 1 to 5, and their VHR was measured. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
  • the liquid crystal display devices of Examples 61 to 65 were able to realize high VHR and small ID. Also, no afterimage was found in the burn-in evaluation.
  • Comparative Examples 1 to 5 The comparative liquid crystal composition 1 shown below was sandwiched between the IPS cells used in Example 1. Liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were produced using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table, and their VHR was measured. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
  • the VHR was lower than that of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Also, in the burn-in evaluation, afterimages were observed and the level was not acceptable.
  • Comparative Examples 111 to 15 As in Example 1, the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 11 to 15 were prepared by sandwiching the comparative liquid crystal composition 3 shown in the following table and using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table, and the VHR was measured. . The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
  • the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 11 to 15 were not at an acceptable level because afterimages were observed in the burn-in evaluation as compared with the liquid crystal display devices of the present invention.
  • Comparative Examples 16 to 20 In the same manner as in Example 1, the comparative liquid crystal composition 4 shown in the following table was sandwiched, and the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 16 to 20 were produced using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table, and the VHR was measured. .
  • the VHR was lower than that of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Also, in the burn-in evaluation, afterimages were observed and the level was not acceptable.
  • Comparative Examples 41 to 55 As in Example 1, the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 41 to 55 were prepared by sandwiching the comparative liquid crystal compositions 9 to 11 shown in the following table and using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table. ID was measured. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
  • the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 26 to 33 had a lower VHR than the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Also, in the burn-in evaluation, afterimages were observed and the level was not acceptable.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal Substances (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention pertains to a liquid crystal display device using a color filter which employs a specific liquid crystal composition, a specific pigment, and a specific compound. The present invention provides a liquid crystal display device that prevents a reduction in voltage holding rate (VHR) and an increase in ion density (ID) of a liquid crystal layer, and that solves the problem of display defects, such as voids, variations in orientation, and image persistence. Since the liquid crystal display device according to the present invention is characterized by being able to prevent a reduction in voltage holding rate (VHR) and an increase in ion density (ID) of a liquid crystal layer and to solve the problem of display defects, such as voids, variations in orientation, and image persistence; the liquid crystal display device is particularly useful for liquid crystal display devices of an ECB mode, VA mode, OCB mode, FFS mode, polymer-stabilizing IPS mode, IPS mode, and TN mode for driving an active-matrix, and is applicable to liquid crystal display devices for liquid crystal TVs, monitors, mobile phones, smart phones, etc.

Description

液晶表示装置Liquid crystal display
 本発明は、液晶表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device.
 液晶表示装置は、時計、電卓をはじめとして、家庭用各種電気機器、測定機器、自動車用パネル、ワープロ、電子手帳、プリンター、コンピューター、テレビ等に用いられるようになっている。液晶表示方式としては、その代表的なものにTN(捩れネマチック)型、STN(超捩れネマチック)型、DS(動的光散乱)型、GH(ゲスト・ホスト)型、IPS(インプレーンスイッチング)型、OCB(光学補償複屈折)型、ECB(電圧制御複屈折)型、VA(垂直配向)型、CSH(カラースーパーホメオトロピック)型、あるいはFLC(強誘電性液晶)等を挙げることができる。また駆動方式としても従来のスタティック駆動からマルチプレックス駆動が一般的になり、単純マトリックス方式、最近ではTFT(薄膜トランジスタ)やTFD(薄膜ダイオード)等により駆動されるアクティブマトリックス(AM)方式が主流となっている。 Liquid crystal display devices are used in various electric appliances for home use, measuring instruments, automotive panels, word processors, electronic notebooks, printers, computers, televisions, etc., including clocks and calculators. Typical liquid crystal display methods include TN (twisted nematic), STN (super twisted nematic), DS (dynamic light scattering), GH (guest / host), and IPS (in-plane switching). Type, OCB (optical compensation birefringence) type, ECB (voltage controlled birefringence) type, VA (vertical alignment) type, CSH (color super homeotropic) type, FLC (ferroelectric liquid crystal), etc. . As a driving method, multiplex driving is generally used instead of conventional static driving, and the active matrix (AM) method driven by a TFT (thin film transistor), TFD (thin film diode) or the like has become mainstream recently. ing.
 一般的なカラー液晶表示装置は、図1に示すように、それぞれ配向膜(4)を有する2枚の基板(1)の一方の配向膜と基板の間に、共通電極となる透明電極層(3a)及びカラーフィルタ層(2)を備え、もう一方の配向膜と基板の間に画素電極層(3b)備え、これらの基板を配向膜同士が対向するように配置し、その間に液晶層(5)を挟持して構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 1, a general color liquid crystal display device has a transparent electrode layer (a common electrode) between one alignment film of two substrates (1) each having an alignment film (4) and the substrate. 3a) and a color filter layer (2), a pixel electrode layer (3b) is provided between the other alignment film and the substrate, these substrates are arranged so that the alignment films face each other, and a liquid crystal layer ( 5) is sandwiched.
 前記カラーフィルタ層は、ブラックマトリックスと赤色着色層(R)、緑色着色層(G)、青色着色層(B)、及び必要に応じて黄色着色層(Y)から構成されるカラーフィルタにより構成される。 The color filter layer is composed of a color filter composed of a black matrix, a red colored layer (R), a green colored layer (G), a blue colored layer (B), and, if necessary, a yellow colored layer (Y). The
 液晶層を構成する液晶材料は、材料中に不純物が残留すると表示装置の電気的特性に大きな影響を及ぼすことから不純物についての高度な管理がなされてきた。又、配向膜を形成する材料に関しても配向膜は液晶層が直接接触し、配向膜中に残存した不純物が液晶層に移動することにより、液晶層の電気的特性に影響を及ぼすことは既に知られており、配向膜材料中の不純物に起因する液晶表示装置の特性についての検討がなされつつある。 The liquid crystal material that constitutes the liquid crystal layer has been subjected to advanced management of impurities because impurities remaining in the material greatly affect the electrical characteristics of the display device. In addition, regarding the material for forming the alignment film, it is already known that the alignment film directly affects the liquid crystal layer and the impurities remaining in the alignment film move to the liquid crystal layer, thereby affecting the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal layer. The characteristics of the liquid crystal display device due to the impurities in the alignment film material are being studied.
 一方、カラーフィルタ層に用いられる有機顔料等の材料についても、配向膜材料と同様に含有する不純物による、液晶層への影響が想定される。しかし、カラーフィルタ層と液晶層の間には、配向膜と透明電極が介在するため、液晶層への直接的な影響は配向膜材料と比較して大幅に少ないものと考えられていた。しかし、配向膜は通常0.1μm以下の膜厚に過ぎず、透明電極もカラーフィルタ層側に用いられる共通電極は導電率を上げるために膜厚を上げたものでも通常0.5μm以下である。従って、カラーフィルタ層と液晶層は完全に隔離された環境におかれているとは言えず、カラーフィルタ層が、配向膜及び透明電極を介してカラーフィルタ層に含まれる不純物により、液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下、イオン密度(ID)の増加による白抜け、配向むら、焼き付きなどの表示不良を発現する可能性がある。 On the other hand, the material such as the organic pigment used for the color filter layer is also assumed to have an influence on the liquid crystal layer due to impurities contained in the same manner as the alignment film material. However, since an alignment film and a transparent electrode are interposed between the color filter layer and the liquid crystal layer, it has been considered that the direct influence on the liquid crystal layer is significantly less than that of the alignment film material. However, the alignment film is usually only 0.1 μm or less in thickness, and the common electrode used on the color filter layer side for the transparent electrode is usually 0.5 μm or less even if the film thickness is increased to increase the conductivity. . Therefore, it cannot be said that the color filter layer and the liquid crystal layer are placed in a completely isolated environment, and the color filter layer is formed by impurities contained in the color filter layer through the alignment film and the transparent electrode. There is a possibility that display defects such as white spots due to a decrease in voltage holding ratio (VHR), an increase in ion density (ID), uneven alignment, and burn-in may occur.
 カラーフィルタを構成する顔料に含まれる不純物に起因した表示不良を解決する方法として、顔料の蟻酸エチルによる抽出物の割合を特定値以下とした顔料を用いて、不純物の液晶への溶出を制御する方法(特許文献1)や青色着色層中の顔料を特定することで不純物の液晶への溶出を制御する方法(特許文献2)が検討されてきた。しかしながら、これらの方法では顔料中の不純物を単純に低減することと大きな差異はなく、近年、顔料の精製技術が進歩している現状においても表示不良を解決するための改良としては不十分なものであった。 As a method of solving display defects caused by impurities contained in pigments constituting the color filter, the elution of impurities into the liquid crystal is controlled by using pigments whose ratio of the extract of ethyl formate is not more than a specific value. A method (Patent Document 1) and a method (Patent Document 2) for controlling the elution of impurities into a liquid crystal by specifying a pigment in a blue colored layer have been studied. However, these methods are not significantly different from simply reducing impurities in the pigment, and are insufficient as an improvement to solve display defects even in the current state of progress in pigment purification technology. Met.
 一方、カラーフィルタ中に含まれる有機不純物と液晶組成物の関係に着目し、この有機不純物の液晶層への溶解しにくさを液晶層に含まれる液晶分子の疎水性パラメーターによって表し、この疎水性パラメーターの値を一定値以上とする方法やこの疎水性パラメーターと液晶分子末端の-OCF基に相関関係があることから、液晶分子末端に-OCF基を有する液晶化合物を一定割合以上含有する液晶組成物とする方法(特許文献3)が開示されている。 On the other hand, paying attention to the relationship between the organic impurities contained in the color filter and the liquid crystal composition, the difficulty of dissolving the organic impurities in the liquid crystal layer is expressed by the hydrophobic parameter of the liquid crystal molecules contained in the liquid crystal layer. Because of the correlation between the parameter value and the hydrophobic parameter and the —OCF 3 group at the end of the liquid crystal molecule, a liquid crystal compound having —OCF 3 group at the end of the liquid crystal molecule is contained in a certain proportion or more. A method for producing a liquid crystal composition (Patent Document 3) is disclosed.
 しかしながら、当該引用文献の開示においても顔料中の不純物による液晶層への影響を抑えることが発明の本質となっており、カラーフィルタに使用される染顔料等の色材の構造と液晶材料の構造との直接的な関係については検討が行われておらず、高度化する液晶表示装置の表示不良問題の解決には至っていなかった。 However, in the disclosure of the cited document as well, it is the essence of the invention to suppress the influence of impurities in the pigment on the liquid crystal layer, and the structure of the coloring material such as dyes and pigments used in the color filter and the structure of the liquid crystal material The direct relationship with the above has not been studied, and the problem of display defects of liquid crystal display devices that have been advanced has not been solved.
特開2000-19321号公報JP 2000-19321 A 特開2009-109542号公報JP 2009-109542 A 特開2000-192040号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-192040
 本発明は、特定の液晶組成物と特定の顔料を使用したカラーフィルタを用いることで、液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下、イオン密度(ID)の増加を防止し、白抜け、配向むら、焼き付けなどの表示不良の問題を解決する液晶表示装置を提供することにある。 In the present invention, by using a color filter using a specific liquid crystal composition and a specific pigment, a decrease in voltage holding ratio (VHR) and an increase in ion density (ID) of the liquid crystal layer are prevented, white spots, alignment An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display device that solves the problem of display defects such as unevenness and burn-in.
 本願発明者らは、上記課題を解決するためにカラーフィルタを構成するための染顔料等の色材及び液晶層を構成する液晶材料の構造の組み合わせについて鋭意検討した結果、特定の構造の液晶材料と、特定の構造の顔料及び化合物を使用したカラーフィルタを用いた液晶表示装置が、液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下、イオン密度(ID)の増加を防止し、白抜け、配向むら、焼き付きなどの表示不良の問題を解決することを見出し本願発明の完成に至った。 In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the inventors of the present application have made extensive studies on a combination of a coloring material and the like for constituting a color filter and a structure of a liquid crystal material constituting a liquid crystal layer, and as a result, a liquid crystal material having a specific structure. And a liquid crystal display device using a color filter using a pigment and a compound having a specific structure prevents a decrease in voltage holding ratio (VHR) and an increase in ion density (ID) of the liquid crystal layer, and causes white spots and uneven alignment. The inventors have found that the problem of display defects such as image sticking is solved, and have completed the present invention.
 即ち、本発明は、
第一の基板と、第二の基板と、前記第一の基板と第二の基板間に挟持された液晶層と、少なくともRGB三色画素部から構成されるカラーフィルタと、画素電極と共通電極とを備え、前記液晶層が一般式(I-1)
That is, the present invention
A first substrate; a second substrate; a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate; a color filter comprising at least an RGB three-color pixel portion; a pixel electrode and a common electrode And the liquid crystal layer has the general formula (I-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(式中、R31は炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~10のアルケニル基又はアルケニルオキシ基を表し、M31~M32はお互い独立してトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、該トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基中の1つ又は2つの-CH-は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-O-で置換されていてもよく、該フェニレン基中の1つの水素原子はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、M33はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、該トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基中の1つ又は2つの-CH-は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-O-で置換されていてもよく、該フェニレン基中の1つ又は2つの水素原子はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、X31及びX32はお互い独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、Z31はフッ素原子、トリフルオロメトキシ基又はトリフルオロメチル基を表し、n31は及びn32はお互い独立して0、1又は2を表し、n31+n32は0、1又は2を表し、M31及びM33が複数存在する場合には同一であっても異なっていても良い。)で表される化合物を一種又は二種以上含有し、一般式(II-a)から一般式(II-f) (Wherein R 31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group, and M 31 to M 32 are each independently trans-1, Represents a 4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one or two —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is —O 2 such that an oxygen atom is not directly adjacent to the group. And one hydrogen atom in the phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and M 33 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group. And one or two —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group may be substituted with —O— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent, 1 or 2 water Atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom, X 31 and X 32 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom independently of one another, Z 31 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group, n 31 And n 32 independently represent 0, 1 or 2, n 31 + n 32 represents 0, 1 or 2, and when there are a plurality of M 31 and M 33, they may be the same or different. 1 or 2 or more of compounds represented by general formula (II-a) to general formula (II-f)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(式中、R19~R30はお互い独立して炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~10のアルケニル基を表し、X21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる化合物を一種又は二種以上含有する液晶組成物を含有し、
前記RGB三色画素部が、色材として、G画素部中に小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が5~50nmの下記一般式(PIG-1)で表される第一群及び/又は下記一般式(PIG-2)で表される第二群
(Wherein R 19 to R 30 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and X 21 represents hydrogen A liquid crystal composition containing one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by:
The RGB three-color pixel portion has a first group represented by the following general formula (PIG-1) having an average primary particle diameter of 5 to 50 nm in the G pixel portion as a colorant and 5 to 50 nm in the G pixel portion, and / or The second group represented by the following general formula (PIG-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(一般式(PIG-1)中、X1i~X16iはそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、置換基を有してもよいフタルイミドメチル基、置換基を有してもよいスルファモイル基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい複素環基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルチオ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリールチオ基を表す。Y1iは、水酸基、塩素原子、-OP(=O)R1R2、または-O-SiR3R4R5を表す。ここでR1~R5はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、水酸基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、または置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基を表し、R1とR2、R3~R5同士が互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。Mは、Ga、Al、Sc、Y及びInからなる群から選ばれる三価金属を表す。)、 (In the general formula (PIG-1), X 1i to X 16i each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an optionally substituted phthalimidomethyl group, an optionally substituted sulfamoyl group, An alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, and a substituent. Y 1i represents a hydroxyl group, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent. Represents a chlorine atom, —OP (═O) R1R2, or —O—SiR3R4R5, wherein R1 to R5 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Aryl group, substituted Represents an alkoxyl group which may have a group, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, and R1 and R2, and R3 to R5 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. , Represents a trivalent metal selected from the group consisting of Al, Sc, Y and In).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(一般式(PIG-2)中、X17i~X32iはそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、置換基を有してもよいフタルイミドメチル基、置換基を有してもよいスルファモイル基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい複素環基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルチオ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリールチオ基を表す。Mは、Ga、Al、Sc、Y及びInからなる群から選ばれる三価金属を表す。Y2iは、-O-、-O-SiR6R7-O-、-O-SiR6R7-O-SiR8R9-O-、または-O-P(=O)R10-O-を表し、R6~R10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、水酸基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、または置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基を表す。)から選択される金属フタロシアニン顔料を少なくとも1種以上含有することを特徴とする液晶表示装置を提供する。 (In the general formula (PIG-2), X 17i to X 32i each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an optionally substituted phthalimidomethyl group, an optionally substituted sulfamoyl group, An alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, and a substituent. Represents an alkoxyl group that may be substituted, an aryloxy group that may have a substituent, an alkylthio group that may have a substituent, or an arylthio group that may have a substituent, M represents Ga, Al Represents a trivalent metal selected from the group consisting of Sc, Y and In, Y 2i represents —O—, —O—SiR 6 R 7 —O—, —O—SiR 6 R 7 —O—SiR 8 R 9 —O—, or —O—. P (═O) R10—O— represents R6— R10 each independently has a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, an alkoxyl group that may have a substituent, or a substituent. A liquid crystal display device comprising at least one kind of metal phthalocyanine pigment selected from:
 本発明の液晶表示装置は、特定の液晶組成物と特定の顔料及び特定の化合物を使用したカラーフィルタを用いることで、液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下、イオン密度(ID)の増加を防止することができ、白抜け、配向むら、焼き付けなどの表示不良の発生を防止することができる。 The liquid crystal display device of the present invention uses a color filter that uses a specific liquid crystal composition, a specific pigment, and a specific compound, thereby reducing the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer and increasing the ion density (ID). Thus, it is possible to prevent display defects such as white spots, uneven alignment, and baking.
従来の一般的な液晶表示装置の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the conventional common liquid crystal display device. 本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the liquid crystal display device of this invention.
1  基板
2  カラーフィルタ層
2a 特定の顔料及び特定の化合物を含有するカラーフィルタ層
3a 透明電極層(共通電極)
3b 画素電極層
4  配向膜
5  液晶層
5a 特定の液晶組成物を含有する液晶層
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Substrate 2 Color filter layer 2a Color filter layer 3a containing specific pigment and specific compound Transparent electrode layer (common electrode)
3b Pixel electrode layer 4 Alignment film 5 Liquid crystal layer 5a Liquid crystal layer containing a specific liquid crystal composition
 本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を図2に示す。配向膜(4)を有する第一の基板と第二の基板の2枚の基板(1)の一方の配向膜と基板の間に、共通電極となる透明電極層(3a)及び特定の顔料及び特定の化合物を含有するカラーフィルタ層(2a)を備え、もう一方の配向膜と基板の間に画素電極層(3b)備え、これらの基板を配向膜同士が対向するように配置し、その間に特定の液晶組成物を含有する液晶層(5a)を挟持して構成されている。 An example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is shown in FIG. A transparent electrode layer (3a) serving as a common electrode, a specific pigment, and a specific pigment between one of the two substrates (1) of the first substrate and the second substrate (1) having the alignment film (4) A color filter layer (2a) containing a specific compound is provided, a pixel electrode layer (3b) is provided between the other alignment film and the substrate, and these substrates are arranged so that the alignment films face each other. A liquid crystal layer (5a) containing a specific liquid crystal composition is sandwiched.
 前記表示装置における2枚の基板は、周辺領域に配置されたシール材及び封止材によって貼り合わされていて、多くの場合その間には基板間距離を保持するために粒状スペーサーまたはフォトリソグラフィー法により形成された樹脂からなるスペーサー柱が配置されている。
(液晶層)
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(I-1)
The two substrates in the display device are bonded together by a sealing material and a sealing material disposed in the peripheral region, and in many cases, formed by a granular spacer or a photolithography method in order to maintain a distance between the substrates. Spacer pillars made of the prepared resin are arranged.
(Liquid crystal layer)
The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has the general formula (I-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(式中、R31は炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~10のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~10のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、M31~M32はお互い独立してトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、該トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基中の1つの-CH-は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-O-で置換されていてもよく、該フェニレン基中の1つ又は2つの水素原子はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、M33はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、該トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基中の1つ又は2つの-CH-は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-O-で置換されていてもよく、該フェニレン基中の1つ又は2つの水素原子はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、X31及びX32はお互い独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、Z31はフッ素原子、トリフルオロメトキシ基又はトリフルオロメチル基を表し、n31は及びn32はお互い独立して0、1又は2を表し、n31+n32は0、1又は2を表し、M31及びM33が複数存在する場合には同一であっても異なっていても良い。)で表される化合物を一種又は二種以上含有する液晶組成物から構成される。 (Wherein R 31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, M 31 to M 32 each independently represent a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is The oxygen atom may be substituted with —O— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent, one or two hydrogen atoms in the phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and M 33 is trans-1, Represents a 4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one or two —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is —O 2 such that an oxygen atom is not directly adjacent to the group. Even if it is replaced with- Ku, one or two hydrogen atoms may be substituted by a fluorine atom, X 31 and X 32 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom independently of one another, Z 31 is a fluorine atom in the phenylene group, tri Represents a fluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group, n 31 and n 32 each independently represent 0, 1 or 2, n 31 + n 32 represents 0, 1 or 2, and a plurality of M 31 and M 33 When present, they may be the same or different.) And are composed of a liquid crystal composition containing one or more compounds represented by
 一般式(I-1)において、R31はそれが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4(またはそれ以上)のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピランなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4(またはそれ以上)のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 In the general formula (I-1), R 31 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a linear carbon when the ring structure to which R 31 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic). An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) atoms and an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane or pyran, a straight chain Are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (or more) and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
 熱や光に対する化学的安定性が良いことを重視すれば、R31はアルキル基が好ましい。また、粘度が小さく応答速度が速い液晶表示素子を作ることが重視されるならば、R31はアルケニル基が好ましい。さらに、粘度が小さくかつネマチック-等方相転移温度(Tni)が高く、応答速度の更なる短縮を目的とするならば、末端が不飽和結合ではないアルケニル基を用いることが好ましく、アルケニル基の隣にメチル基が末端としてあることが特に好ましい。また、低温での溶解度が良いことを重視するならば、一つの解決策としては、R31はアルコキシ基とすることが好ましい。また、他の解決策としては、多種類のR31を併用することが好ましい。例えば、R31として、炭素原子数2、3及び4のアルキル基またはアルケニル基を持つ化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3、4及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましい。
31~M32は、
In view of good chemical stability against heat and light, R 31 is preferably an alkyl group. Further, if it is important to make a liquid crystal display device having a low viscosity and a high response speed, R 31 is preferably an alkenyl group. Furthermore, for the purpose of further shortening the response speed with a low viscosity and a high nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni), it is preferable to use an alkenyl group whose terminal is not an unsaturated bond. It is particularly preferred that the methyl group is adjacent to the end. Further, if importance is attached to good solubility at low temperatures, as one solution, R 31 is preferably an alkoxy group. As another solution, it is preferable to use many types of R 31 in combination. For example, as R 31 , a compound having an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination, and a compound having 3 or 5 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination. It is preferable to use compounds 4 and 5 in combination.
M 31 to M 32 are
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
であることが好ましい。
31は、
It is preferable that
M 31 is,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
であることが好ましく、M31は、 And M 31 is preferably
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
であることが更に好ましい。M32は、 More preferably. M 32 is,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
であることが好ましく、M32は、 Preferably, M 32 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
であることがより好ましく、M32は、 More preferably, M 32 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
であることが更に好ましい。M33は、 More preferably. M 33 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
であることが好ましく、M33は、 And M 33 is preferably
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
であることがより好ましく、M33は、 More preferably, M 33 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
であることが更に好ましい。
31及びX32は、少なくともどちらか一つはフッ素原子が好ましく、二つともフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。
31は、フッ素原子またはトリフルオロメトキシ基であることが好ましい。
31、X32およびZ31の組み合わせとしては、一つの実施形態ではX31=F、X32=FおよびZ31=Fである。さらに別の実施形態では、X31=F、X32=HおよびZ31=Fである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X31=F、X32=HおよびZ31=OCFである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X31=F、X32=FおよびZ31=OCFである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X31=H、X32=HおよびZ31=OCFである。
31は1又は2が好ましく、n32は0又は1が好ましく、0が更に好ましく、n31+n32は1又は2が好ましく、2がさらに好ましい。
More preferably.
At least one of X 31 and X 32 is preferably a fluorine atom, more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
Z 31 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group.
As a combination of X 31 , X 32 and Z 31 , in one embodiment, X 31 = F, X 32 = F and Z 31 = F. In yet another embodiment, X 31 = F, X 32 = H and Z 31 = F. In yet another embodiment, X 31 = F, X 32 = H and Z 31 = OCF 3 . In yet another embodiment, X 31 = F, X 32 = F and Z 31 = OCF 3 . In yet another embodiment, X 31 = H, X 32 = H and Z 31 = OCF 3 .
n 31 is preferably 1 or 2, n 32 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0, and n 31 + n 32 is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
 一般式(I-1)で表される化合物は、より具体的には、下記の一般式(I-a)から一般式(I-f)で表される化合物が好ましい。 More specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (I-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Ia) to general formula (If).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(式中、R32は炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~10のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~10のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、X31~X38はお互い独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、Z31はフッ素原子、トリフオロメトキシ基又はトリフルオロメチル基を表す。)
 一般式(I-a)~一般式(I-f)において、R32はそれが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4(またはそれ以上)のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4(またはそれ以上)のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。
(Wherein R 32 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, X 31 to X 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and Z 31 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group.)
In the general formulas (Ia) to (If), R 32 is a straight chain of 1 to 5 carbon atoms when the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic). Alkyl groups, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms and alkenyl groups having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and the ring structure to which they are bonded is saturated such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane. In the case of a ring structure, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms, and a linear carbon number of 2 to 5 Are preferred.
 熱や光に対する化学的安定性が良いことを重視すれば、R32はアルキル基が好ましい。また、粘度が小さく応答速度が速い液晶表示素子を作ることが重視されるならば、R32はアルケニル基が好ましい。さらに、粘度が小さくかつネマチック-等方相転移温度(Tni)が高く、応答速度の更なる短縮を目的とするならば、末端が不飽和結合ではないアルケニル基を用いることが好ましく、アルケニル基の隣にメチル基が末端としてあることが特に好ましい。また、低温での溶解度が良いことを重視するならば、一つの解決策としては、R32はアルコキシ基とすることが好ましい。また、他の解決策としては、多種類のR32を併用することが好ましい。例えば、R32として、炭素原子数2、3及び4のアルキル基またはアルケニル基を持つ化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3、4及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましい。 In view of good chemical stability against heat and light, R 32 is preferably an alkyl group. Further, if it is important to make a liquid crystal display device having a low viscosity and a high response speed, R 32 is preferably an alkenyl group. Furthermore, for the purpose of further shortening the response speed with a low viscosity and a high nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni), it is preferable to use an alkenyl group whose terminal is not an unsaturated bond. It is particularly preferred that the methyl group is adjacent to the end. Further, if importance is attached to good solubility at low temperature, as one solution, R 32 is preferably an alkoxy group. Moreover, as another solution, it is preferable to use many types of R 32 in combination. For example, as R 32 , it is preferable to use a compound having an alkyl group or alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms, preferably a compound having 3 and 5 carbon atoms is used in combination, It is preferable to use compounds 4 and 5 in combination.
 X31及びX32は、少なくともどちらか一つはフッ素原子が好ましく、二つともフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。
31は、フッ素原子またはトリフルオロメトキシ基であることが好ましい。
31、X32およびZ31の組み合わせとしては、一つの実施形態ではX31=F、X32=FおよびZ31=Fである。さらに別の実施形態では、X31=F、X32=HおよびZ31=Fである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X31=F、X32=HおよびZ31=OCFである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X31=F、X32=FおよびZ31=OCFである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X31=H、X32=HおよびZ31=OCFである。
33及びX34は、少なくともどちらか一つはフッ素原子が好ましく、二つともフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。
At least one of X 31 and X 32 is preferably a fluorine atom, more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
Z 31 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group.
As a combination of X 31 , X 32 and Z 31 , in one embodiment, X 31 = F, X 32 = F and Z 31 = F. In yet another embodiment, X 31 = F, X 32 = H and Z 31 = F. In yet another embodiment, X 31 = F, X 32 = H and Z 31 = OCF 3 . In yet another embodiment, X 31 = F, X 32 = F and Z 31 = OCF 3 . In yet another embodiment, X 31 = H, X 32 = H and Z 31 = OCF 3 .
At least one of X 33 and X 34 is preferably a fluorine atom, and more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
 X35及びX36は、少なくともどちらか一つはフッ素原子が好ましく、二つともフッ素原子であることはΔεを大きくする場合は効果があるが、Tni、低温での溶解性や液晶表示素子にしたときの化学的安定性の観点から好ましくない。
37及びX38は、少なくともどちらか一つは水素原子が好ましく、二つとも水素原子であることが好ましい。X37及びX38のうち少なくともどちらか一つがフッ素原子である場合、Tni、低温での溶解性や液晶表示素子にしたときの化学的安定性の観点から好ましくない。
At least one of X 35 and X 36 is preferably a fluorine atom, and the fact that both are fluorine atoms is effective in increasing Δε, but it is effective for Tni, solubility at low temperatures and liquid crystal display elements. From the viewpoint of chemical stability.
At least one of X 37 and X 38 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and preferably both of them are hydrogen atoms. When at least one of X 37 and X 38 is a fluorine atom, it is not preferable from the viewpoint of Tni, solubility at low temperature, and chemical stability when a liquid crystal display device is formed.
 一般式(I-1)で表される化合物群は1種~8種含有することが好ましく、1種~5種含有することが特に好ましく、その含有量は3~60質量%であるのが好ましく、5~50質量%であることがより好ましい。 The compound group represented by the general formula (I-1) preferably contains 1 to 8 types, particularly preferably 1 to 5 types, and its content is 3 to 60% by mass. Preferably, it is 5 to 50% by mass.
 また、本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(I-2) The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has the general formula (I-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(式中、R33は炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1から10のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2から10のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、
34~M35はお互い独立してトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、該トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基中の1つ又は2つの-CH-は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-O-で置換されていてもよく、該フェニレン基中の1つ又は2つの水素原子はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、ただし、存在するM34及びM35のうち少なくとも1つはトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基を表し、該トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基中の2つの-CH-は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-O-で置換されており、
36はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、該トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基中の1つ又は2つの-CH-は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-O-で置換されていてもよく、該フェニレン基中の1つ又は2つの水素原子はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、
51及びX52はお互い独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
32はフッ素原子、トリフルオロメトキシ基又はトリフルオロメチル基を表し、
33は-CFO-又は単結合を表し、
34は及びn36はお互い独立して0、1又は2を表し、n34+n36は0、1又は2を表し、M34及びM36が複数存在する場合には同一であっても異なっていても良い。)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる化合物を任意成分として一種又は二種以上含有する液晶組成物から構成されてもよい。
(Wherein R 33 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms,
M 34 to M 35 each independently represent a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one or two —CH in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group 2 — may be substituted with —O— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent, and one or two hydrogen atoms in the phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, but present At least one of M 34 and M 35 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, and the two —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group are not directly adjacent to each other. Is substituted with -O-
M 36 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one or two of —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is directly represented by an oxygen atom. May be substituted with —O— so that they are not adjacent, one or two hydrogen atoms in the phenylene group may be substituted with fluorine atoms,
X 51 and X 52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
Z 32 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group,
Z 33 represents —CF 2 O— or a single bond,
n 34 and n 36 each independently represent 0, 1 or 2, n 34 + n 36 represents 0, 1 or 2, and when a plurality of M 34 and M 36 are present, they may be the same or different. May be. And a liquid crystal composition containing one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by formula (1) as optional components.
 一般式(I-2)において、R33はそれが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4(またはそれ以上)のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4(またはそれ以上)のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 In the general formula (I-2), when the ring structure to which R 33 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), R 33 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear carbon An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) atoms and an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, A linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable.
 熱や光に対する化学的安定性が良いことを重視すれば、R33はアルキル基が好ましい。また、粘度が小さく応答速度が速い液晶表示素子を作ることが重視されるならば、R33はアルケニル基が好ましい。さらに、粘度が小さくかつネマチック-等方相転移温度(Tni)が高く、応答速度の更なる短縮を目的とするならば、末端が不飽和結合ではないアルケニル基を用いることが好ましく、アルケニル基の隣にメチル基が末端としてあることが特に好ましい。また、低温での溶解度が良いことを重視するならば、一つの解決策としては、R33はアルコキシ基とすることが好ましい。また、他の解決策としては、多種類のR33を併用することが好ましい。例えば、R33として、炭素原子数2、3及び4のアルキル基またはアルケニル基を持つ化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3、4及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましい。
34~M35は、
In view of good chemical stability against heat and light, R 33 is preferably an alkyl group. Further, if it is important to make a liquid crystal display device having a low viscosity and a high response speed, R 33 is preferably an alkenyl group. Furthermore, for the purpose of further shortening the response speed with a low viscosity and a high nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni), it is preferable to use an alkenyl group whose terminal is not an unsaturated bond. It is particularly preferred that the methyl group is adjacent to the end. Further, if importance is attached to good solubility at low temperatures, as one solution, R 33 is preferably an alkoxy group. As another solution, it is preferable to use many types of R 33 in combination. For example, as R 33 , it is preferable to use a compound having an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms, preferably a compound having 3 and 5 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination, It is preferable to use compounds 4 and 5 in combination.
M 34 to M 35 are
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
であることが好ましい。
34は、
It is preferable that
M34 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
であることが好ましく、M34は、 Preferably, M 34 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
であることが更に好ましい。M35は、 More preferably. M 35 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
であることが好ましく、M35は、 Preferably, M 35 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
であることがより好ましい。M36は、 It is more preferable that M36 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
であることが好ましく、M36は、 And M 36 is preferably
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
であることがより好ましく、M36は、 More preferably, M 36 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
であることが更に好ましい。
51及びX52は、少なくともどちらか一つはフッ素原子が好ましく、二つともフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。
32は、フッ素原子またはトリフルオロメトキシ基であることが好ましい。
51、X52およびZ32の組み合わせとしては、一つの実施形態ではX51=F、X52=FおよびZ32=Fである。さらに別の実施形態では、X51=F、X52=HおよびZ32=Fである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X51=F、X52=HおよびZ32=OCFである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X51=F、X52=FおよびZ31=OCFである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X51=H、X52=HおよびZ31=OCFである。
34は1又は2が好ましく、n36は0又は1が好ましく、0が更に好ましく、n34+n36は1又は2が好ましく、2がさらに好ましい。
More preferably.
At least one of X 51 and X 52 is preferably a fluorine atom, and more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
Z 32 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group.
As a combination of X 51 , X 52 and Z 32 , in one embodiment, X 51 = F, X 52 = F and Z 32 = F. In yet another embodiment, X 51 = F, X 52 = H and Z 32 = F. In yet another embodiment, X 51 = F, X 52 = H and Z 32 = OCF 3 . In yet another embodiment, X 51 = F, X 52 = F and Z 31 = OCF 3 . In yet another embodiment, X 51 = H, X 52 = H and Z 31 = OCF 3 .
n 34 is preferably 1 or 2, n 36 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0, and n 34 + n 36 is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
 一般式(I-2)で表される化合物は、より具体的には、下記の一般式(I-g)から一般式(I-j)で表される化合物が好ましい。 More specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (I-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Ig) to general formula (Ij).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(式中、R33は炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~10のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~10のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、X51~X58はお互い独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、Z32はフッ素原子、トリフオロメトキシ基又はトリフルオロメチル基を表す。)
 一般式(I-g)~一般式(I-j)において、R33は、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4(またはそれ以上)のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。
(Wherein R 33 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, X 51 to X 58 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and Z 32 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group.)
In the general formulas (Ig) to (Ij), R 33 represents a linear carbon atom when the ring structure to which R 33 is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane. An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable.
 熱や光に対する化学的安定性が良いことを重視すれば、R33はアルキル基が好ましい。また、粘度が小さく応答速度が速い液晶表示素子を作ることが重視されるならば、R32はアルケニル基が好ましい。さらに、粘度が小さくかつネマチック-等方相転移温度(Tni)が高く、応答速度の更なる短縮を目的とするならば、末端が不飽和結合ではないアルケニル基を用いることが好ましく、アルケニル基の隣にメチル基が末端としてあることが特に好ましい。また、低温での溶解度が良いことを重視するならば、一つの解決策としては、R33はアルコキシ基とすることが好ましい。また、他の解決策としては、多種類のR33を併用することが好ましい。例えば、R33として、炭素原子数2、3及び4のアルキル基またはアルケニル基を持つ化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3、4及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましい。 In view of good chemical stability against heat and light, R 33 is preferably an alkyl group. Further, if it is important to make a liquid crystal display device having a low viscosity and a high response speed, R 32 is preferably an alkenyl group. Furthermore, for the purpose of further shortening the response speed with a low viscosity and a high nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni), it is preferable to use an alkenyl group whose terminal is not an unsaturated bond. It is particularly preferred that the methyl group is adjacent to the end. Further, if importance is attached to good solubility at low temperatures, as one solution, R 33 is preferably an alkoxy group. As another solution, it is preferable to use many types of R 33 in combination. For example, as R 33 , it is preferable to use a compound having an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms, preferably a compound having 3 and 5 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination, It is preferable to use compounds 4 and 5 in combination.
 X51及びX52は、少なくともどちらか一つはフッ素原子が好ましく、二つともフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。
32は、フッ素原子またはトリフルオロメトキシ基であることが好ましい。
51、X52およびZ32の組み合わせとしては、一つの実施形態ではX51=F、X52=FおよびZ32=Fである。さらに別の実施形態では、X51=F、X52=HおよびZ32=Fである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X51=F、X52=HおよびZ32=OCFである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X51=F、X52=FおよびZ32=OCFである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X51=H、X52=HおよびZ32=OCFである。
53及びX54は、少なくともどちらか一つはフッ素原子が好ましい。
At least one of X 51 and X 52 is preferably a fluorine atom, and more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
Z 32 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group.
As a combination of X 51 , X 52 and Z 32 , in one embodiment, X 51 = F, X 52 = F and Z 32 = F. In yet another embodiment, X 51 = F, X 52 = H and Z 32 = F. In yet another embodiment, X 51 = F, X 52 = H and Z 32 = OCF 3 . In yet another embodiment, X 51 = F, X 52 = F and Z 32 = OCF 3 . In yet another embodiment, X 51 = H, X 52 = H and Z 32 = OCF 3 .
At least one of X 53 and X 54 is preferably a fluorine atom.
 X53及びX54は、少なくともどちらか一つはフッ素原子が好ましく、二つともフッ素原子であることはΔεを大きくする場合は効果があるが、Tni、低温での溶解性や液晶表示素子にしたときの化学的安定性の観点から好ましくない。
55及びX56は、少なくともどちらか一つは水素原子が好ましい。X55及びX56のうち少なくともどちらか一つがフッ素原子である場合、Tni、低温での溶解性や液晶表示素子にしたときの化学的安定性の観点から好ましくない。
57及びX58は、少なくともどちらか一つは水素原子が好ましい。X57及びX58のうち少なくともどちらか一つがフッ素原子である場合、Tni、低温での溶解性や液晶表示素子にしたときの化学的安定性の観点から好ましくない。
At least one of X 53 and X 54 is preferably a fluorine atom, and both of them are fluorine atoms. This is effective for increasing Δε, but it is effective for Tni, low-temperature solubility and liquid crystal display elements. From the viewpoint of chemical stability.
At least one of X 55 and X 56 is preferably a hydrogen atom. If one at least one of X 55 and X 56 is a fluorine atom, Tni, not preferable in terms of chemical stability upon the solubility and liquid crystal display elements at low temperatures.
At least one of X 57 and X 58 is preferably a hydrogen atom. When at least one of X 57 and X 58 is a fluorine atom, it is not preferable from the viewpoint of Tni, solubility at low temperature, and chemical stability when a liquid crystal display device is formed.
 一般式(I-2)で表される化合物群、より具体的に一般式(I-g)から一般式(I-j)で表される化合物は1種~5種含有することが好ましく、1種~3種含有することが特に好ましく、その含有量は2~30質量%であるのが好ましく、4~25質量%であることがより好ましく、5~20質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The compound group represented by the general formula (I-2), more specifically, the compounds represented by the general formulas (Ig) to (Ij) are preferably contained in 1 to 5 types, It is particularly preferable to contain 1 to 3 types, and the content is preferably 2 to 30% by mass, more preferably 4 to 25% by mass, and particularly preferably 5 to 20% by mass. .
 さらに、本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(II-a)から一般式(II-f) Furthermore, the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has a general formula (II-a) to a general formula (II-f)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(式中、R19~R30はお互い独立して炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~10のアルケニル基を表し、X21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる化合物を必須成分として一種又は二種以上含有する液晶組成物から構成される。 (Wherein R 19 to R 30 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and X 21 represents hydrogen A liquid crystal composition containing one or two or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the formula:
 一般式(II-a)~一般式(II-f)において、R19~R30はそれが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4(またはそれ以上)のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4(またはそれ以上)のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 In the general formulas (II-a) to (II-f), R 19 to R 30 are each a straight-chain carbon atom of 1 when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic). Preferably an alkyl group of ˜5, a linear alkoxy group of 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms and an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms, and the ring structure to which they are bonded is cyclohexane, pyran, dioxane, etc. In the case of a saturated ring structure, a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms, and a straight-chain carbon atom number 2-5 alkenyl groups are preferred.
 熱や光に対する化学的安定性が良いことを重視すれば、R19~R30はアルキル基が好ましい。また、粘度が小さく応答速度が速い液晶表示素子を作ることが重視されるならば、R19~R30はアルケニル基が好ましい。さらに、粘度が小さくかつネマチック-等方相転移温度(Tni)が高く、応答速度の更なる短縮を目的とするならば、末端が不飽和結合ではないアルケニル基を用いることが好ましく、アルケニル基の隣にメチル基が末端としてあることが特に好ましい。また、低温での溶解度が良いことを重視するならば、一つの解決策としては、R19~R30はアルコキシ基とすることが好ましい。また、他の解決策としては、多種類のR19~R30を併用することが好ましい。例えば、R19~R30として、炭素原子数2、3及び4のアルキル基またはアルケニル基を持つ化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3、4及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましい。 In view of good chemical stability against heat and light, R 19 to R 30 are preferably alkyl groups. In addition, if it is important to make a liquid crystal display device having a low viscosity and a high response speed, R 19 to R 30 are preferably alkenyl groups. Furthermore, for the purpose of further shortening the response speed with a low viscosity and a high nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni), it is preferable to use an alkenyl group whose terminal is not an unsaturated bond. It is particularly preferred that the methyl group is adjacent to the end. If importance is placed on good solubility at low temperatures, as one solution, R 19 to R 30 are preferably alkoxy groups. As another solution, it is preferable to use many types of R 19 to R 30 in combination. For example, as R 19 to R 30 , a compound having an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination, and a compound having 3 or 5 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination. It is preferable to use the compounds of formulas 3, 4 and 5 in combination.
 R19~R20はアルキル基またはアルコキシ基が好ましく、少なくとも一方はアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。R19がアルキル基でありR20がアルコキシ基であることがより好ましい。R19が炭素原子数3~5のアルキル基でありR20が炭素原子数1~2のアルコキシ基であることがさらに好ましい。 R 19 to R 20 are preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and at least one of them is preferably an alkoxy group. More preferably, R 19 is an alkyl group and R 20 is an alkoxy group. More preferably, R 19 is an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 20 is an alkoxy group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
 R21~R22はアルキル基またはアルケニル基が好ましい。応答速度を早くする場合、少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましく、化学的な信頼性を重視する場合は、両方ともアルキル基であることが好ましく、応答速度と信頼性のバランスを取る場合には。一方のみがアルケニル基である化合物と、両方ともアルキル基である化合物とを両方用いるのが好ましい。 R 21 to R 22 are preferably an alkyl group or an alkenyl group. When speeding up the response, at least one of them is preferably an alkenyl group, and when emphasizing chemical reliability, both are preferably alkyl groups, in order to balance response speed and reliability. No. It is preferable to use both a compound in which only one is an alkenyl group and a compound in which both are alkyl groups.
 R23~R24の少なくとも一方は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基または炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。応答速度とTniのバランスが良いことを求めれば、R23~R24の少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましく、応答速度と低温での溶解性のバランスが良いことを求めれば、R23~R24の少なくとも一方はアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。 At least one of R 23 to R 24 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms. If a good balance between the response speed and Tni is required, at least one of R 23 to R 24 is preferably an alkenyl group. If a good balance between the response speed and solubility at low temperature is required, R 23 to At least one of R 24 is preferably an alkoxy group.
 R25~R26の少なくとも一方は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。応答速度を重視する場合には、R25~R26の少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましい。また、応答速度と低温での溶解性のバランスを求める場合には、R25~R26が全てアルキル基であるか、或いはR25がアルキル基であり且つR26がアルコキシ基である化合物を用いることも出来る。アルケニル基を用いる場合、R25がアルケニル基であることが好ましく、その場合はR26はアルキル基であることがより好ましい。特に応答速度と低温での溶解性のバランスを重視する場合には、アルケニル基をもつ化合物と、アルケニル基を持たない化合物を併用することが好ましい。 At least one of R 25 to R 26 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. When importance is attached to the response speed, at least one of R 25 to R 26 is preferably an alkenyl group. When the balance between the response speed and the solubility at low temperature is to be obtained, a compound in which R 25 to R 26 are all alkyl groups, or R 25 is an alkyl group and R 26 is an alkoxy group is used. You can also When an alkenyl group is used, R 25 is preferably an alkenyl group, and in this case, R 26 is more preferably an alkyl group. In particular, when emphasizing the balance between response speed and solubility at low temperatures, it is preferable to use a compound having an alkenyl group and a compound having no alkenyl group in combination.
 R27~R28の少なくとも一方は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基または炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。応答速度とTniのバランスが良いことを求めれば、R27~R28の少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましく、応答速度と低温での溶解性のバランスが良いことを求めれば、R27~R28の少なくとも一方はアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。R27はアルキル基またはアルケニル基でありR28はアルキル基であることがより好ましい。また、R27はアルキル基でありR28はアルコキシ基であることも好ましい。さらに、R27はアルキル基でありR28はアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。
21はフッ素原子であることが好ましい。
At least one of R 27 to R 28 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. By obtaining the balance of response speed and Tni are good, it is preferable that at least one of R 27 ~ R 28 is an alkenyl group, by obtaining a good balance of solubility in response speed and low temperature, R 27 ~ At least one of R 28 is preferably an alkoxy group. More preferably, R 27 is an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, and R 28 is an alkyl group. It is also preferred that R 27 is an alkyl group and R 28 is an alkoxy group. Furthermore, it is particularly preferred that R 27 is an alkyl group and R 28 is an alkyl group.
X 21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
 R29~R30の少なくとも一方は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基または炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。応答速度とTniのバランスが良いことを求めれば、R29~R30の少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましく、信頼性が良いことを求めれば、R29~R30の少なくとも一方はアルキル基であることが好ましい。R29はアルキル基またはアルケニル基でありR30はアルキル基またはアルケニル基であることがより好ましい。また、R29はアルキル基でありR30はアルケニル基であることも好ましく、R29はアルケニル基でありR30はアルキル基であることも好ましい。さらに、R29はアルキル基でありR30はアルキル基であることも好ましい。 At least one of R 29 to R 30 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms. If a good balance between the response speed and Tni is required, at least one of R 29 to R 30 is preferably an alkenyl group, and if high reliability is required, at least one of R 29 to R 30 is an alkyl group. It is preferable that More preferably, R 29 is an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, and R 30 is an alkyl group or an alkenyl group. Also, R 29 is preferably an alkyl group and R 30 is preferably an alkenyl group, and R 29 is preferably an alkenyl group and R 30 is preferably an alkyl group. Furthermore, it is also preferred that R 29 is an alkyl group and R 30 is an alkyl group.
 一般式(II-a)から一般式(II-f)で表される化合物群は1種~10種含有することが好ましく、1種~8種含有することが特に好ましく、その含有量は5~80質量%であるのが好ましく、10~75質量%であることがより好ましく、20~70質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The compound group represented by the general formula (II-a) to the general formula (II-f) preferably contains 1 to 10 types, particularly preferably 1 to 8 types, and its content is 5 It is preferably ˜80% by mass, more preferably 10 to 75% by mass, and particularly preferably 20 to 70% by mass.
 特に、液晶組成物のγ1を低下させることで高速応答を実現する場合、一般式(II-b)又は(II-d)で表される化合物群から1種又は2種以上用いることが好ましく、一般式(II-b)で表される化合物群から2種以上用いることがさらに好ましく、一般式(II-b)で表される化合物群から2種以上用い、更に(II-d)で表される化合物群から1種以上用いることが特に好ましい。一般式(II-b)又は(II-d)で表される化合物群の含有量は5~75質量%であるのが好ましく、10~70質量%であるのがより好ましく、20~65質量%であるのが特に好ましい。 In particular, when realizing a high-speed response by reducing γ1 of the liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to use one or more compounds from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (II-b) or (II-d), It is more preferable to use two or more compounds from the compound group represented by the general formula (II-b), two or more compounds from the compound group represented by the general formula (II-b), and a compound represented by (II-d). It is particularly preferable to use one or more compounds from the compound group. The content of the compound group represented by the general formula (II-b) or (II-d) is preferably 5 to 75% by mass, more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, and 20 to 65% by mass. % Is particularly preferred.
 また、セルを狭ギャップ化して高速応答を実現する場合、一般式(II-f)で表される化合物群から1種又は2種以上用いることが好ましく、その含有量は2~35質量%であるのが好ましく、4~30質量%であるのがより好ましく、6~25質量%であるのが特に好ましく、6~20質量%であるのが最も好ましい。 Further, when realizing a high-speed response by narrowing the cell gap, it is preferable to use one or more compounds from the compound group represented by the general formula (II-f), and the content thereof is 2 to 35% by mass. It is preferably 4 to 30% by mass, more preferably 6 to 25% by mass, and most preferably 6 to 20% by mass.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、更に、一般式(III-a)から一般式(III-f) The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may further have the general formula (III-a) to the general formula (III-f)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(式中、R41は炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~10のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~10のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、X41~X48はお互い独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、Z41はフッ素原子、トリフオロメトキシ基又はトリフルオロメチル基を表す。)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を一種又は二種以上含有することができる。 (Wherein R 41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, X 41 to X 48 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and Z 41 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group.) Two or more kinds can be contained.
 一般式(IIIa)~一般式(IIIf)において、R41はそれが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4(またはそれ以上)のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4(またはそれ以上)のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 In the general formulas (IIIa) to (IIIf), R 41 is a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and a straight chain when the ring structure to which R 41 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic). A chain-like alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms and an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and the ring structure to which they are bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane Includes a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 (or more) carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. preferable.
 熱や光に対する化学的安定性が良いことを重視すれば、R41はアルキル基が好ましい。また、粘度が小さく応答速度が速い液晶表示素子を作ることが重視されるならば、R41はアルケニル基が好ましい。さらに、粘度が小さくかつネマチック-等方相転移温度(Tni)が高く、応答速度の更なる短縮を目的とするならば、末端が不飽和結合ではないアルケニル基を用いることが好ましく、アルケニル基の隣にメチル基が末端としてあることが特に好ましい。また、低温での溶解度が良いことを重視するならば、一つの解決策としては、R41はアルコキシ基とすることが好ましい。また、他の解決策としては、多種類のR41を併用することが好ましい。例えば、R41として、炭素原子数2、3及び4のアルキル基またはアルケニル基を持つ化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましく、炭素原子数3、4及び5の化合物を併用することが好ましい。 In view of good chemical stability against heat and light, R 41 is preferably an alkyl group. Further, if it is important to make a liquid crystal display device having a low viscosity and a high response speed, R 41 is preferably an alkenyl group. Furthermore, for the purpose of further shortening the response speed with a low viscosity and a high nematic-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni), it is preferable to use an alkenyl group whose terminal is not an unsaturated bond. It is particularly preferred that the methyl group is adjacent to the end. Moreover, if importance is attached to good solubility at low temperature, as one solution, R 41 is preferably an alkoxy group. Moreover, as another solution, it is preferable to use many types of R 41 in combination. For example, as R 41 , it is preferable to use a compound having an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2, 3 and 4 carbon atoms, preferably a compound having 3 and 5 carbon atoms is preferably used in combination, It is preferable to use compounds 4 and 5 in combination.
 X41及びX42は、少なくともどちらか一つはフッ素原子が好ましく、二つともフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。 At least one of X 41 and X 42 is preferably a fluorine atom, more preferably both are fluorine atoms.
 Z41は、フッ素原子またはトリフルオロメトキシ基であることが好ましい。
41、X42およびZ41の組み合わせとしては、一つの実施形態ではX41=F、X42=FおよびZ41=Fである。さらに別の実施形態では、X41=F、X42=HおよびZ41=Fである。またさらに別の実施形態では、X41=F、X42=HおよびZ41=OCF3である。またさらに別の実施形態では、X41=F、X42=FおよびZ41=OCF3である。またさらに別の実施形態では、X41=H、X42=HおよびZ41=OCF3である。
43及びX44は、少なくともどちらか一つはフッ素原子が好ましく、二つともフッ素原子であることは大きなΔεを得るために好ましいが、反対に、低温での溶解性を良くする場合には好ましくない。
Z 41 is preferably a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethoxy group.
As a combination of X 41 , X 42 and Z 41 , in one embodiment, X 41 = F, X 42 = F and Z 41 = F. In yet another embodiment, X 41 = F, X 42 = H and Z 41 = F. In yet another embodiment, X 41 = F, X 42 = H and Z 41 = OCF3. In yet another embodiment, X 41 = F, X 42 = F and Z 41 = OCF 3. In yet another embodiment, X 41 = H, X 42 = H and Z 41 = OCF 3.
For X 43 and X 44 , at least one of them is preferably a fluorine atom, and both of them are preferably a fluorine atom in order to obtain a large Δε. On the other hand, when improving solubility at low temperatures, It is not preferable.
 X45及びX46は、少なくともどちらか一つは水素原子が好ましく、二つとも水素原子であることが好ましい。フッ素原子を多用することは、Tni、低温での溶解性や液晶表示素子にしたときの化学的安定性の観点から好ましくない。 At least one of X 45 and X 46 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and preferably both of them are hydrogen atoms. The heavy use of fluorine atoms is not preferable from the viewpoints of Tni, solubility at low temperatures, and chemical stability when a liquid crystal display device is formed.
 X47及びX48は、少なくともどちらか一つは水素原子が好ましく、二つとも水素原子であることが好ましい。X47及びX48のうち少なくともどちらか一つがフッ素原子である場合、Tni、低温での溶解性や液晶表示素子にしたときの化学的安定性の観点から好ましくない。 At least one of X 47 and X 48 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and preferably both are hydrogen atoms. When at least one of X 47 and X 48 is a fluorine atom, it is not preferable from the viewpoint of Tni, solubility at low temperature, and chemical stability when a liquid crystal display device is formed.
 一般式(III-a)から一般式(III-f)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物は、1種~10種含有することが好ましく、1種~8種含有することがより好ましく、その含有量は5~50質量%であることが好ましく、10~40質量%であることがより好ましい。 The compound selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (III-a) to general formula (III-f) preferably contains 1 to 10 types, more preferably 1 to 8 types, The content is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 40% by mass.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層の液晶組成物は、25℃におけるΔεが+3.5以上であるのが好ましく、+3.5~+15.0であるのがより好ましい。また、25℃におけるΔnが0.08~0.14であるのが好ましく、0.09~0.13であるのがより好ましい。更に詳述すると、薄いセルギャップに対応する場合は0.10~0.13であることが好ましく、厚いセルギャップに対応する場合は0.08~0.10であることが好ましい。20℃におけるηが10~45mPa・sであるのが好ましく、10~25mPa・sであることがより好ましく、10~20mPa・sであることが特に好ましい。また、Tniが60℃~120℃であるのが好ましく、70℃~100℃がより好ましく、70℃~85℃が特に好ましい。 In the liquid crystal composition of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, Δε at 25 ° C. is preferably +3.5 or more, more preferably +3.5 to +15.0. Further, Δn at 25 ° C. is preferably 0.08 to 0.14, and more preferably 0.09 to 0.13. More specifically, when it corresponds to a thin cell gap, it is preferably 0.10 to 0.13, and when it corresponds to a thick cell gap, it is preferably 0.08 to 0.10. The η at 20 ° C. is preferably 10 to 45 mPa · s, more preferably 10 to 25 mPa · s, and particularly preferably 10 to 20 mPa · s. Further, T ni is preferably 60 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 70 ° C. to 100 ° C., and particularly preferably 70 ° C. to 85 ° C.
 本発明における液晶組成物は、上述の化合物以外に、通常のネマチック液晶、スメクチック液晶、コレステリック液晶などを含有してもよい。 The liquid crystal composition in the present invention may contain a normal nematic liquid crystal, a smectic liquid crystal, a cholesteric liquid crystal and the like in addition to the above-mentioned compounds.
 本発明における液晶組成物には、PSモード、横電界型PSAモード又は横電界型PSVAモードなどの液晶表示素子を作製するために、重合性化合物を一種又は二種以上含有することができる。使用できる重合性化合物として、光などのエネルギー線により重合が進行する光重合性モノマーなどが挙げられ、構造として、例えば、ビフェニル誘導体、ターフェニル誘導体などの六員環が複数連結した液晶骨格を有する重合性化合物などが挙げられる。更に具体的には、一般式(V) The liquid crystal composition of the present invention may contain one or more polymerizable compounds in order to produce a liquid crystal display element such as PS mode, lateral electric field type PSA mode, or lateral electric field type PSVA mode. Examples of the polymerizable compound that can be used include a photopolymerizable monomer that undergoes polymerization by energy rays such as light. The structure has, for example, a liquid crystal skeleton in which a plurality of six-membered rings such as biphenyl derivatives and terphenyl derivatives are connected. Examples thereof include a polymerizable compound. More specifically, the general formula (V)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(式中、X51及びX52はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは2から7の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Z51は-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-(式中、Y及びYはそれぞれ独立して、フッ素原子又は水素原子を表す。)、-C≡C-又は単結合を表し、
51は1,4-フェニレン基、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は単結合を表し、式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていても良い。)で表される二官能モノマーが好ましい。
(Wherein, X 51 and X 52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s represents an integer of 2 to 7, Z 51 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH. 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 — , —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —COO—, — CH 2 -OCO -, - CY 1 = CY 2 - ( wherein, Y 1 and Y 2 it Independently represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom), -. C≡C- or a single bond,
M 51 represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond, and all 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula have an arbitrary hydrogen atom substituted by a fluorine atom. Also good. ) Is preferred.
 X51及びX52は、何れも水素原子を表すジアクリレート誘導体、何れもメチル基を有するジメタクリレート誘導体の何れも好ましく、一方が水素原子を表しもう一方がメチル基を表す化合物も好ましい。これらの化合物の重合速度は、ジアクリレート誘導体が最も早く、ジメタクリレート誘導体が遅く、非対称化合物がその中間であり、その用途により好ましい態様を用いることができる。PSA表示素子においては、ジメタクリレート誘導体が特に好ましい。 X 51 and X 52 are each preferably a diacrylate derivative that represents a hydrogen atom, or a dimethacrylate derivative that has a methyl group, and a compound in which one represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents a methyl group. As for the polymerization rate of these compounds, diacrylate derivatives are the fastest, dimethacrylate derivatives are slow, asymmetric compounds are in the middle, and a preferred embodiment can be used depending on the application. In the PSA display element, a dimethacrylate derivative is particularly preferable.
 Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-を表すが、PSA表示素子においては少なくとも一方が単結合であることが好ましく、共に単結合を表す化合物又は一方が単結合でもう一方が炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-を表す態様が好ましい。この場合1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、sは1~4が好ましい。 Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s —, but at least one of them is a single bond in a PSA display element. A compound in which both represent a single bond or one in which one represents a single bond and the other represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s — is preferable. In this case, 1 to 4 alkyl groups are preferable, and s is preferably 1 to 4.
 Z51は、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-又は単結合がより好ましく、単結合が特に好ましい。 Z 51 is —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond Are preferred, —COO—, —OCO— or a single bond is more preferred, and a single bond is particularly preferred.
 M51は任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていても良い1,4-フェニレン基、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は単結合を表すが、1,4-フェニレン基又は単結合が好ましい。Cが単結合以外の環構造を表す場合、Z51は単結合以外の連結基も好ましく、M51が単結合の場合、Z51は単結合が好ましい。 M 51 represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond in which any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom. preferable. When C represents a ring structure other than a single bond, Z 51 is preferably a linking group other than a single bond. When M 51 is a single bond, Z 51 is preferably a single bond.
 これらの点から、一般式(V)において、Sp及びSpの間の環構造は、具体的には次に記載する構造が好ましい。 From these points, in the general formula (V), the ring structure between Sp 1 and Sp 2 is specifically preferably the structure described below.
 一般式(V)において、M51が単結合を表し、環構造が二つの環で形成される場合において、次の式(Va-1)~式(Va-5)を表すことが好ましく、式(Va-1)~式(Va-3)を表すことがより好ましく、式(Va-1)を表すことが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (V), when M 51 represents a single bond and the ring structure is formed of two rings, the following formulas (Va-1) to (Va-5) are preferable. It is more preferable to represent (Va-1) to formula (Va-3), and it is particularly preferable to represent formula (Va-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(式中、両端はSp又はSpに結合するものとする。)
 これらの骨格を含む重合性化合物は重合後の配向規制力がPSA型液晶表示素子に最適であり、良好な配向状態が得られることから、表示ムラが抑制されるか、又は、全く発生しない。
(In the formula, both ends shall be bonded to Sp 1 or Sp 2. )
The polymerizable compounds containing these skeletons are optimal for PSA-type liquid crystal display elements because of the alignment regulating power after polymerization, and a good alignment state can be obtained, so that display unevenness is suppressed or does not occur at all.
 以上のことから、重合性化合物としては、一般式(V-1)~一般式(V-4)が特に好ましく、中でも一般式(V-2)が最も好ましい。 From the above, as the polymerizable compound, general formula (V-1) to general formula (V-4) are particularly preferable, and general formula (V-2) is most preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(式中、Spは炭素原子数2から5のアルキレン基を表す。)
 本発明における液晶組成物に重合性化合物を添加する場合において、重合開始剤が存在しない場合でも重合は進行するが、重合を促進するために重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。重合開始剤としては、ベンゾインエーテル類、ベンゾフェノン類、アセトフェノン類、ベンジルケタール類、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド類等が挙げられる。
(In the formula, Sp 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.)
In the case of adding a polymerizable compound to the liquid crystal composition in the present invention, the polymerization proceeds even in the absence of a polymerization initiator, but may contain a polymerization initiator in order to accelerate the polymerization. Examples of the polymerization initiator include benzoin ethers, benzophenones, acetophenones, benzyl ketals, acylphosphine oxides, and the like.
 本発明における重合性化合物を含有した液晶組成物は、これに含まれる重合性化合物が紫外線照射により重合することで液晶配向能が付与され、液晶組成物の複屈折を利用して光の透過光量を制御する液晶表示素子に使用される。液晶表示素子として、AM-LCD(アクティブマトリックス液晶表示素子)、TN(ネマチック液晶表示素子)、STN-LCD(超ねじれネマチック液晶表示素子)、OCB-LCD及びIPS-LCD(インプレーンスイッチング液晶表示素子)に有用であるが、AM-LCDに特に有用であり、透過型あるいは反射型の液晶表示素子に用いることができる。
(カラーフィルタ)
 本発明におけるカラーフィルタは、ブラックマトリックス及び少なくともRGB三色画素部から構成されるが、RGB三色画素部は、色材として、G色材として、G画素部中に小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が5~50nmのガリウム、アルミニウム、スカンジウム、イットリウムまたはインジウムフタロシアニン顔料を含有する。また、RGB三色画素部は、色材として、R画素部中にジケトピロロピロール顔料及び/又はアニオン性赤色有機染料を、B画素部中にε型銅フタロシアニン顔料及び/又はカチオン性青色有機染料を含有するのが好ましい。
The liquid crystal composition containing the polymerizable compound in the present invention is provided with liquid crystal alignment ability by polymerization of the polymerizable compound contained therein by ultraviolet irradiation, and transmits light through the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition. It is used in a liquid crystal display element that controls As liquid crystal display elements, AM-LCD (active matrix liquid crystal display element), TN (nematic liquid crystal display element), STN-LCD (super twisted nematic liquid crystal display element), OCB-LCD and IPS-LCD (in-plane switching liquid crystal display element) However, it is particularly useful for AM-LCDs and can be used for transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display elements.
(Color filter)
The color filter in the present invention is composed of a black matrix and at least an RGB three-color pixel unit. The RGB three-color pixel unit is used as a color material, as a G color material, and as an average in the G pixel unit by a small-angle X-ray scattering method. Contains a gallium, aluminum, scandium, yttrium or indium phthalocyanine pigment having a primary particle size of 5 to 50 nm. In addition, the RGB three-color pixel portion has a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and / or an anionic red organic dye in the R pixel portion and an ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment and / or a cationic blue organic in the B pixel portion as the color material. It preferably contains a dye.
 なお、小角エックス線散乱法による平均一次粒子径の測定は、特開2006-113042号公報に記載の方法で行うことができる。 The average primary particle size can be measured by the small angle X-ray scattering method by the method described in JP-A-2006-114302.
 また、小角エックス線散乱法での粒度分布を示す規格化分散は特開2013-96944号公報に記載の方法で算出することができ、20~50%が好ましい。なお、規格化分散の値が小さい程粒度分布シャープで良好である。50%を超えると粗大粒子が多くなり、それがカラーフィルタ表面に出て、液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下、イオン密度(ID)の増加をまねき、白抜け、配向むら、焼き付けなどの表示不良の問題となる。
(G画素部)
 G画素部中の上記ガリウム、アルミニウム、スカンジウム、イットリウムまたはインジウムフタロシアニン顔料としては、下記一般式(PIG-1)で表される顔料や下記一般式(PIG-2)で表される顔料が挙げられる。一般式(PIG-1)や一般式(PIG-2)に該当するフタロシアニン顔料は単独で使用してもよいし、一般式(PIG-1)に該当する顔料を複数使用してもよいし、一般式(PIG-2)に該当する顔料を複数使用してもよいし、一般式(PIG-1)に該当する顔料と一般式(PIG-2)に該当する顔料を両方使用してもよい。
Further, the normalized dispersion showing the particle size distribution by the small angle X-ray scattering method can be calculated by the method described in JP2013-96944A, and is preferably 20 to 50%. Note that the smaller the normalized dispersion value, the better the particle size distribution. When it exceeds 50%, coarse particles increase, and they appear on the surface of the color filter, leading to a decrease in the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer and an increase in ion density (ID), white spots, alignment unevenness, baking, etc. It becomes a problem of display failure.
(G pixel part)
Examples of the gallium, aluminum, scandium, yttrium or indium phthalocyanine pigment in the G pixel portion include a pigment represented by the following general formula (PIG-1) and a pigment represented by the following general formula (PIG-2). . A phthalocyanine pigment corresponding to the general formula (PIG-1) or the general formula (PIG-2) may be used alone, or a plurality of pigments corresponding to the general formula (PIG-1) may be used. A plurality of pigments corresponding to the general formula (PIG-2) may be used, or both a pigment corresponding to the general formula (PIG-1) and a pigment corresponding to the general formula (PIG-2) may be used. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(一般式(PIG-1)中、X1i~X16iはそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、置換基を有してもよいフタルイミドメチル基、置換基を有してもよいスルファモイル基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい複素環基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルチオ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリールチオ基を表す。Y1iは、水酸基、塩素原子、-OP(=O)R1R2、または-O-SiR3R4R5を表す。ここでR1~R5はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、水酸基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、または置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基を表し、R1とR2、R3~R5同士が互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。Mは、Ga、Al、Sc、Y及びInからなる群から選ばれる三価金属を表す。) (In the general formula (PIG-1), X 1i to X 16i each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an optionally substituted phthalimidomethyl group, an optionally substituted sulfamoyl group, An alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, and a substituent. Y 1i represents a hydroxyl group, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent. Represents a chlorine atom, —OP (═O) R1R2, or —O—SiR3R4R5, wherein R1 to R5 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Aryl group, substituted Represents an alkoxyl group which may have a group, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, and R1 and R2, and R3 to R5 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. And represents a trivalent metal selected from the group consisting of Al, Sc, Y and In.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(一般式(PIG-2)中、X17i~X32iはそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、置換基を有してもよいフタルイミドメチル基、置換基を有してもよいスルファモイル基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい複素環基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルチオ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリールチオ基を表す。Mは、Ga、Al、Sc、Y及びInからなる群から選ばれる三価金属を表す。Y2iは、-O-、-O-SiR6R7-O-、-O-SiR6R7-O-SiR8R9-O-、または-O-P(=O)R10-O-を表し、R6~R10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、水酸基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、または置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基を表す。)
 上記一般式(PIG-1)、一般式(PIG-2)において、置換基を有してもよいフタルイミドメチル基としては、具体的には、フタルイミドメチル基、3-クロロフタルイミドメチル基、4-クロロフタルイミドメチル基、3-ニトロフタルイミドメチル基、4-ニトロフタルイミドメチル基、3-スルホフタルイミドメチル基、4-スルホフタルイミドメチル基などが挙げられる。
(In the general formula (PIG-2), X 17i to X 32i each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an optionally substituted phthalimidomethyl group, an optionally substituted sulfamoyl group, An alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, and a substituent. Represents an alkoxyl group that may be substituted, an aryloxy group that may have a substituent, an alkylthio group that may have a substituent, or an arylthio group that may have a substituent, M represents Ga, Al Represents a trivalent metal selected from the group consisting of Sc, Y and In, Y 2i represents —O—, —O—SiR 6 R 7 —O—, —O—SiR 6 R 7 —O—SiR 8 R 9 —O—, or —O—. P (═O) R10—O— represents R6— R10 each independently has a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, an alkoxyl group that may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an optionally substituted aryloxy group.)
In the above general formulas (PIG-1) and (PIG-2), examples of the phthalimidomethyl group which may have a substituent include phthalimidomethyl group, 3-chlorophthalimidomethyl group, 4- Examples include chlorophthalimidomethyl group, 3-nitrophthalimidomethyl group, 4-nitrophthalimidomethyl group, 3-sulfophthalimidomethyl group, 4-sulfophthalimidomethyl group and the like.
 上記一般式(PIG-1)、一般式(PIG-2)において、置換基を有してもよいスルファモイル基としては、ジメチルアミノメチルスルホアミド基、ジエチルアミノメチルスルホアミド基、ジメチルアミノエチルスルホアミド基、ジエチルアミノエチルスルホアミド基、ジメチルアミノプロピルスルホアミド基、ジエチルアミノプロピルスルホアミド基などが挙げられる。 In the above general formula (PIG-1) and general formula (PIG-2), the sulfamoyl group which may have a substituent is a dimethylaminomethylsulfamide group, a diethylaminomethylsulfamide group, a dimethylaminoethylsulfamide group. , Diethylaminoethylsulfamide group, dimethylaminopropylsulfamide group, diethylaminopropylsulfamide group and the like.
 上記一般式(PIG-1)、一般式(PIG-2)において、アルキル基としては、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基が更に好ましく、より具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、2‐エチルヘキシル基など無置換のアルキル基;2‐メトキシエチル基、2‐エトキシエチル基等のアルコキシアルキル基;2‐アセチルオキシエチル基等のアシルオキシ基;2‐シアノエチル基等のシアノアルキル基;2,2,2‐トリフルオロエチル基、4,4,4‐トリフルオロブチル基等のフルオロアルキル基、などが挙げられる。また、当該アルキル基に置換基を有する場合としては、トリクロロメチル基、2,2-ジブロモエチル基、2-ニトロプロピル基、ベンジル基、4-メチルベンジル基、4-tert-プチルベンジル基、4-メトキシベンジル基、4-ニトロベンジル基、2,4-ジクロロベンジル基等が挙げられる。 In the general formulas (PIG-1) and (PIG-2), the alkyl group is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group. , An isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an unsubstituted alkyl group; a 2-methoxyethyl group, a 2-ethoxyethyl group, and the like; 2 Acyloxy groups such as -acetyloxyethyl group; cyanoalkyl groups such as 2-cyanoethyl group; fluoroalkyl groups such as 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl group, etc. It is done. Further, when the alkyl group has a substituent, the trichloromethyl group, 2,2-dibromoethyl group, 2-nitropropyl group, benzyl group, 4-methylbenzyl group, 4-tert-butylbenzyl group, 4 -Methoxybenzyl group, 4-nitrobenzyl group, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl group and the like.
 上記一般式(PIG-1)、一般式(PIG-2)において、アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アンスリル基などが挙げられる。また、当該アリール基に置換基を有する場合としては、クロロフェニル基、ブロモフェニル基、メチルフェニル基、ニトロフェニル基、メトキシフェニル基、2,4-ジクロロフェニル基、ペンタフルオロフェニル基、2-メチル-4-クロロフェニル基、2-アミノフェニル基、4-ヒドロキシ-1-ナフチル基、6-メチル-2-ナフチル基、4,5,8-トリクロロ-2-ナフチル基、アントラキノニル基、2-アミノアントラキノニル基などが挙げられる。 In the above general formulas (PIG-1) and (PIG-2), examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group. In addition, when the aryl group has a substituent, chlorophenyl group, bromophenyl group, methylphenyl group, nitrophenyl group, methoxyphenyl group, 2,4-dichlorophenyl group, pentafluorophenyl group, 2-methyl-4 -Chlorophenyl group, 2-aminophenyl group, 4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl group, 6-methyl-2-naphthyl group, 4,5,8-trichloro-2-naphthyl group, anthraquinonyl group, 2-aminoanthraquinonyl Group and the like.
 上記一般式(PIG-1)、一般式(PIG-2)において、置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、アダマンチル基等が挙げられ、「置換基を有するシクロアルキル基」としては、シクロヘキシルメチル基、シクロヘキシルエチル基、2,5-ジメチルシクロペンチル基、4-tert-プチルシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。 In the general formula (PIG-1) and general formula (PIG-2), the cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent is a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, an adamantyl group. Examples of the “cycloalkyl group having a substituent” include a cyclohexylmethyl group, a cyclohexylethyl group, a 2,5-dimethylcyclopentyl group, a 4-tert-butylcyclohexyl group, and the like.
 上記一般式(PIG-1)、一般式(PIG-2)において、置換基を有してもよい複素環基としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、リン原子を含む芳香族又は脂肪族の複素環が好ましく、その具体例は、例えば、チエニル基、ベンゾ[b]チエニル基、ナフト[2,3-b]チエニル基、チアントレニル基、フリル基、ピラニル基、イソベンゾフラニル基、クロメニル基、キサンテニル基、フェノキサチイニル基、2H-ピロリル基、ピロリル基、イミダゾリル基、ピラゾリル基、ピリジル基、ピラジニル基、ピリミジニル基、ピリダジニル基、インドリジニル基、イソインドリル基、3H-インドリル基、インドリル基、1H-インダゾリル基、プリニル基、4H-キノリジニル基、イソキノリル基、キノリル基、フタラジニル基、ナフチリジニル基、キノキサニリル基、キナゾリニル基、シンノリニル基、プテリジニル基、4aH-カルバゾリル基、カルバゾリル基、β-カルボリニル基、フェナントリジニル基、アクリジニル基、ペリミジニル基、フェナントロリニル基、フェナジニル基、フェナルサジニル基、イソチアゾリル基、フェノチアジニル基、イソキサゾリル基、フラザニル基、フェノキサジニル基、イソクロマニル基、クロマニル基、ピロリジニル基、ピロリニル基、イミダゾリジニル基、イミダゾリニル基、ピラゾリジニル基、ピラゾリニル基、ピペリジル基、ピペラジニル基、インドリニル基、イソインドリニル基、キヌクリジニル基、モルホリニル基、チオキサントリル基などが挙げられる。 In the general formula (PIG-1) and the general formula (PIG-2), the heterocyclic group which may have a substituent is an aromatic or aliphatic group containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a phosphorus atom. Specific examples thereof include, for example, thienyl group, benzo [b] thienyl group, naphtho [2,3-b] thienyl group, thiantenyl group, furyl group, pyranyl group, isobenzofuranyl group, chromenyl group. Group, xanthenyl group, phenoxathiinyl group, 2H-pyrrolyl group, pyrrolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, pyridyl group, pyrazinyl group, pyrimidinyl group, pyridazinyl group, indolizinyl group, isoindolyl group, 3H-indolyl group, indolyl group 1H-indazolyl group, purinyl group, 4H-quinolidinyl group, isoquinolyl group, quinolyl group, phthalazinyl group Naphthyridinyl group, quinoxanilyl group, quinazolinyl group, cinnolinyl group, pteridinyl group, 4aH-carbazolyl group, carbazolyl group, β-carbolinyl group, phenanthridinyl group, acridinyl group, perimidinyl group, phenanthrolinyl group, phenazinyl group, phenalsadinyl Group, isothiazolyl group, phenothiazinyl group, isoxazolyl group, furazanyl group, phenoxazinyl group, isochromanyl group, chromanyl group, pyrrolidinyl group, pyrrolinyl group, imidazolidinyl group, imidazolinyl group, pyrazolidinyl group, pyrazolinyl group, piperidinyl group, inperidinyl group , Isoindolinyl group, quinuclidinyl group, morpholinyl group, thioxanthryl group and the like.
 上記一般式(PIG-1)、一般式(PIG-2)において、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基としては、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシル基が更に好ましく、より具体的には、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、i-ブトキシ基、sec-ブトキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、トリクロロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエトキシ基、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロポキシ基、2,2-ジトリフルオロメチルプロポキシ基、2-エトキシエトキシ基、2-ブトキシエトキシ基、2-ニトロプロポキシ基、ベンジルオキシ基などが挙げられる。 In the general formulas (PIG-1) and (PIG-2), the alkoxyl group which may have a substituent is more preferably an alkoxyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more specifically, Methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, n-butoxy group, i-butoxy group, sec-butoxy group, t-butoxy group, trichloromethoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy group, 2 2,3,3-tetrafluoropropoxy group, 2,2-ditrifluoromethylpropoxy group, 2-ethoxyethoxy group, 2-butoxyethoxy group, 2-nitropropoxy group, benzyloxy group and the like.
 上記一般式(PIG-1)、一般式(PIG-2)において、置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基としては、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、アンスリルオキシ基、3-t-ブチルフェノキシ基、2,4-ジt-ブチルフェノキシ基、p-メチルフェノキシ基、p-ニトロフェノキシ基、p-メトキシフェノキシ基、2,4-ジクロロフェノキシ基、ペンタフルオロフェノキシ基、2-メチル-4-クロロフェノキシ基などが挙げられる。 In the above general formula (PIG-1) and general formula (PIG-2), the aryloxy group which may have a substituent includes a phenoxy group, a naphthoxy group, an anthryloxy group, a 3-t-butylphenoxy group. 2,4-di-t-butylphenoxy group, p-methylphenoxy group, p-nitrophenoxy group, p-methoxyphenoxy group, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy group, pentafluorophenoxy group, 2-methyl-4-chloro Examples include phenoxy group.
 上記一般式(PIG-1)、一般式(PIG-2)において、置換基を有してもよいアルキルチオ基としては、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、プロピルチオ基、ブチルチオ基、ペンチルチオ基、ヘキシルチオ基、オクチルチオ基、デシルチオ基、ドデシルチオ基、オクタデシルチオ基、メトキシエチルチオ基、アミノエチルチオ基、ベンジルアミノエチルチオ基、メチルカルボニルアミノエチルチオ基、フェニルカルボニルアミノエチルチオ基などが挙げられる。 In the above general formula (PIG-1) and general formula (PIG-2), the alkylthio group which may have a substituent is a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a pentylthio group, a hexylthio group, an octylthio group. Group, decylthio group, dodecylthio group, octadecylthio group, methoxyethylthio group, aminoethylthio group, benzylaminoethylthio group, methylcarbonylaminoethylthio group, phenylcarbonylaminoethylthio group and the like.
 上記一般式(PIG-1)、一般式(PIG-2)において、置換基を有してもよいアリールチオ基としては、フェニルチオ基、1-ナフチルチオ基、2-ナフチルチオ基、9-アンスリルチオ基、クロロフェニルチオ基、トリフルオロメチルフェニルチオ基、シアノフェニルチオ基、ニトロフェニルチオ基、2-アミノフェニルチオ基、2-ヒドロキシフェニルチオ基などが挙げられる。 In the above general formula (PIG-1) and general formula (PIG-2), the arylthio group which may have a substituent is phenylthio group, 1-naphthylthio group, 2-naphthylthio group, 9-anthrylthio group, chlorophenyl Examples thereof include a thio group, a trifluoromethylphenylthio group, a cyanophenylthio group, a nitrophenylthio group, a 2-aminophenylthio group, and a 2-hydroxyphenylthio group.
 前記一般式(PIG-1)で表される金属フタロシアニン顔料の具体例としては、例えば、以下に記載した化合物があげられるが、本発明はその主旨を超えない限り、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the metal phthalocyanine pigment represented by the general formula (PIG-1) include, for example, the compounds described below, but the present invention is not limited to these unless it exceeds the gist. Absent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(1k、1lおけるn1k及びn1lは、1から16の整数である。)
 前記一般式(PIG-2)で表される金属フタロシアニン顔料の具体例としては、例えば、以下に記載した化合物があげられるが、本発明はその主旨を超えない限り、これらに限定されるものではない。
(N 1k and n 1l in 1k, 1l are integers from 1 to 16)
Specific examples of the metal phthalocyanine pigment represented by the general formula (PIG-2) include, for example, the compounds described below, but the present invention is not limited to these as long as the gist thereof is not exceeded. Absent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(一般式(2g)おけるn2g1及びn2g2は、それぞれ独立して1から16の整数である。)
 また、G画素部中に分散助剤として顔料誘導体を含有することが好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、フタロシアニン系顔料誘導体、キノフタロン系顔料誘導体の少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。誘導体部としては、フタルイミドメチル基、スルホン酸基、同N-(ジアルキルアミノ)メチル基、同N-(ジアルキルアミノアルキル)スルホン酸アミド基、がある。これら誘導体は、異なる種類のものを二種以上併用することも出来る。
(N 2g1 and n 2g2 in the general formula (2g) are each independently an integer of 1 to 16)
Further, it is preferable that a pigment derivative is contained as a dispersion aid in the G pixel portion. The pigment derivative preferably contains at least one of a phthalocyanine pigment derivative and a quinophthalone pigment derivative. Examples of the derivative portion include a phthalimidomethyl group, a sulfonic acid group, the same N- (dialkylamino) methyl group, and the same N- (dialkylaminoalkyl) sulfonic acid amide group. Two or more of these derivatives can be used in combination.
 顔料誘導体の使用量は上記一般式(PIG-1)及び/又は一般式(PIG-2)で表されるフタロシアニン顔料の総量100部に対して、4部以上20部以下が好ましく、6部以上16部以下がより好ましい。 The amount of the pigment derivative used is preferably 4 parts or more and 20 parts or less, more preferably 6 parts or more, based on 100 parts of the total amount of the phthalocyanine pigment represented by the general formula (PIG-1) and / or the general formula (PIG-2). 16 parts or less are more preferable.
 さらに、G画素部中に一般式(3)、一般式(4)および一般式(5)で表わされるキノフタロン化合物から選ばれる1種以上の顔料を含有することも色相調整として含有することが好ましい。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the G pixel portion contains one or more pigments selected from the quinophthalone compounds represented by the general formula (3), the general formula (4), and the general formula (5) as a hue adjustment. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(一般式(3)~一般式(5)において、R10~R24、R25~R39、R40~R55は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、-SO3H基、-COOH基、-SO3H基又は-COOH基の1価~3価の金属塩;アルキルアンモニウム塩、置換基を有してもよいフタルイミドメチル基、又は置換基を有してもよいスルファモイル基を示す。)
 一般式(3)~一般式(5)において、R10~R24、R25~R39、R40~R55は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素原子数1~4のアリール基、-SO3H基、-COOH基、-SO3H基又は-COOH基の1価~3価の金属塩;アルキルアンモニウム塩、置換基を有してもよいフタルイミドメチル基、又は置換基を有してもよいスルファモイル基が好ましく、当該置換基としては、ジメチルアミノプロピルスルファモイル基、ジエチルアミノプロピルスルファモイル基が挙げられる。
(In General Formula (3) to General Formula (5), R 10 to R 24 , R 25 to R 39 , and R 40 to R 55 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent. A monovalent alkyl group, an alkoxyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a —SO 3 H group, a —COOH group, a —SO 3 H group or a —COOH group Trivalent metal salt; an alkylammonium salt, a phthalimidomethyl group which may have a substituent, or a sulfamoyl group which may have a substituent.
In the general formulas (3) to (5), R 10 to R 24 , R 25 to R 39 , and R 40 to R 55 may each independently have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent. An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aryl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, —SO 3 H group, —COOH group, —SO 3 H group or monovalent to trivalent metal salt of —COOH group; alkyl ammonium salt, phthalimidomethyl group which may have a substituent, or substituent A good sulfamoyl group is preferable, and examples of the substituent include a dimethylaminopropylsulfamoyl group and a diethylaminopropylsulfamoyl group.
 前記一般式(3)、前記一般式(4)、前記一般式(5)で表されるキノフタロン顔料の具体例としては、例えば、以下に記載した式(3a)~式(5a)で表される化合物があげられるが、本発明はその主旨を超えない限り、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the quinophthalone pigment represented by the general formula (3), the general formula (4), and the general formula (5) are represented by the following formulas (3a) to (5a). However, the present invention is not limited to these compounds as long as the gist of the present invention is not exceeded.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
(R画素部)
 R画素部中には、ジケトピロロピロール顔料及び/又はアニオン性赤色有機染料を含有するのが好ましい。ジケトピロロピロール顔料としては、具体的にはC.I.Pigment Red 254、同255、同264、同272、Orange 71、同73、及び臭素化ジケトピロロピロールから選ばれる1種又は2種以上が好ましく、Red 254、同255、同264及び同272から選ばれる1種又は2種以上がより好ましく、C.I.Pigment Red 254が特に好ましい。アニオン性赤色有機染料としては、具体的には、C.I.Solvent Red 124、Acid Red 52及び同289から選ばれる1種又は2種以上が好ましく、C.I.Solvent Red 124が特に好ましい。
(R pixel part)
The R pixel portion preferably contains a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and / or an anionic red organic dye. Specific examples of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment include C.I. I. One or two or more selected from Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, 272, Orange 71, 73, and brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole are preferable. From Red 254, 255, 264, and 272 One or more selected are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 is particularly preferred. Specific examples of the anionic red organic dye include C.I. I. One or more selected from Solvent Red 124, Acid Red 52 and 289 are preferred. I. Solvent Red 124 is particularly preferred.
 また、分散助剤として顔料誘導体を含有することが好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、キナクリドン系顔料誘導体、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料誘導体、アントラキノン系顔料誘導体、チアジン系顔料誘導体の少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。誘導体部としては、フタルイミドメチル基、スルホン酸基、同N-(ジアルキルアミノ)メチル基、同N-(ジアルキルアミノアルキル)スルホン酸アミド基、がある。これら誘導体は、異なる種類のものを二種以上併用することも出来る。 Further, it is preferable to contain a pigment derivative as a dispersion aid. The pigment derivative preferably contains at least one of a quinacridone pigment derivative, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative, an anthraquinone pigment derivative, and a thiazine pigment derivative. Examples of the derivative portion include a phthalimidomethyl group, a sulfonic acid group, the same N- (dialkylamino) methyl group, and the same N- (dialkylaminoalkyl) sulfonic acid amide group. Two or more of these derivatives can be used in combination.
 顔料誘導体の使用量は、ジケトピロロピロール系赤色顔料及び/又はアニオン性赤色有機染料100部に対して、4部以上20以下が好ましく、6部以上16部以下がより好ましい。
(B画素部)
 B画素部中には、ε型フタロシアニン顔料又はカチオン性青色有機染料を含有するのが好ましい。ε型フタロシアニン顔料としては、Pigment Blue 15:6が好ましく、カチオン性青色有機染料としては、トリアリールメタン系染料やトリアリールメタンレーキ顔料を含有するのが好ましい。
The amount of the pigment derivative used is preferably 4 to 20 parts, more preferably 6 to 16 parts, based on 100 parts of the diketopyrrolopyrrole red pigment and / or anionic red organic dye.
(B pixel part)
The B pixel portion preferably contains an ε-type phthalocyanine pigment or a cationic blue organic dye. As the ε-type phthalocyanine pigment, Pigment Blue 15: 6 is preferable, and as the cationic blue organic dye, a triarylmethane dye or a triarylmethane lake pigment is preferably contained.
 トリアリールメタンレーキ顔料としては、下記一般式(6) As triarylmethane lake pigment, the following general formula (6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
(一般式(6)中、R11j~R16jは各々独立して水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~8のアリール基を表す。R11j~R16jが置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す場合、隣接するR11jとR12j、R13jとR14j、R15jとR16jが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。X11j及びX12jは各々独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基を示す。Zは(PMo18-y626-/6で表され、y=0、1、2または3の整数であるヘテロポリオキソメタレートアニオンか、(SiMoW11404-/4であるヘテロポリオキソメタレートアニオンか、欠損ドーソン型リンタングステン酸ヘテロポリオキソメタレートアニオンから選ばれる少なくとも一種のアニオンである。1分子中に複数の式(1)が含まれる場合、それらは同じ構造であっても異なる構造であってもよい。)で表されるトリアリールメタンレーキ顔料が好ましい。 (In the general formula (6), R 11j to R 16j are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted carbon number. Represents an aryl group of 1 to 8. When R 11j to R 16j represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, adjacent R 11j and R 12j , R 13j and R 14j , R 15j and R 16j are combined with good .X 11j and X 12j also form a ring each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having a substituent and 1 carbon atoms which may have 8 .Z - Is a heteropolyoxometalate anion represented by (P 2 Mo y W 18-y O 62 ) 6- / 6 and an integer of y = 0, 1, 2, or 3, or (SiMoW 11 O 40 ) 4− / Heteropolyoxometalate anion which is 4 , At least one anion selected from a deficient Dawson-type phosphotungstic acid heteropolyoxometalate anion, when a plurality of formulas (1) are contained in one molecule, they may have the same structure or different structures. A triarylmethane lake pigment represented by the following formula is preferred.
 一般式(6)において、R11j~R16jは同一でも異なるものであってもよい。従って、-NRR(RRは、R11j12j、R13j14j、及びR15j16jのいずれかの組み合わせを表す。)基は対称であっても非対称であってもよい。 In the general formula (6), R 11j to R 16j may be the same or different. Accordingly, the —NRR (RR represents any combination of R 11j R 12j , R 13j R 14j , and R 15j R 16j ) group may be symmetric or asymmetric.
 一般式(6)において、隣接するR(RはR11j~R16jのいずれかを表す。)が結合して環を形成する場合、これらはヘテロ原子で架橋された環であってもよい。この環の具体例として、例えば以下のものが挙げられる。これらの環は置換基を有していてもよい。 In the general formula (6), when adjacent Rs (R represents any one of R 11j to R 16j ) are bonded to form a ring, these may be a ring bridged with a heteroatom. Specific examples of this ring include the following. These rings may have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 又、一般式(6)において、R11j~R16jは、化学的安定性の点から、各々独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (6), R 11j to R 16j each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent from the viewpoint of chemical stability. An aryl group which may be present is preferable.
 中でも、一般式(6)において、R11j~R16jは、各々独立して水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、シクロプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等のアルキル基、フェニル基、ナフチル基等のアリール基のいずれかであることがより好ましい。 Among them, in the general formula (6), R 11j to R 16j are each independently a hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, cyclopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, It is more preferably any of alkyl groups such as tert-butyl group, pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group and 2-ethylhexyl group, and aryl groups such as phenyl group and naphthyl group. .
 R11j~R16jは、アルキル基又はアリール基を示す場合、該アルキル基又はアリール基は更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。そのアルキル基又はアリール基が更に有していてもよい任意の置換基としては、例えば、下記[置換基群Y]が挙げられる。 When R 11j to R 16j represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, the alkyl group or aryl group may further have an arbitrary substituent. Examples of the optional substituent that the alkyl group or aryl group may further have include the following [Substituent group Y].
 [置換基群Y]
 メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、シクロプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等のアルキル基;フェニル基、ナフチル基等のアリール基;フッ素原子、塩素原子等のハロゲン原子;シアノ基;水酸基;メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基など炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基;アミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジブチルアミノ基、アセチルアミノ基など置換基を有していてもよいアミノ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基等のアシル基;アセチルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;等が挙げられる。
[Substituent group Y]
Methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, cyclopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, Alkyl groups such as 2-ethylhexyl group; aryl groups such as phenyl group and naphthyl group; halogen atoms such as fluorine atom and chlorine atom; cyano group; hydroxyl group; methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, etc. An alkoxy group of 8 to 8; an amino group which may have a substituent such as an amino group, a diethylamino group, a dibutylamino group or an acetylamino group; an acyl group such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group; an acetyloxy group or a benzoyloxy group; And the like.
 一般式(6)において、R11j~R16jとしては、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基が更に好ましく、より具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、2‐エチルヘキシル基など無置換のアルキル基;2‐メトキシエチル基、2‐エトキシエチル基等のアルコキシアルキル基;2‐アセチルオキシエチル基等のアシルオキシ基;2‐シアノエチル基等のシアノアルキル基;2,2,2‐トリフルオロエチル基、4,4,4‐トリフルオロブチル基等のフルオロアルキル基、などが挙げられる。 In the general formula (6), R 11j to R 16j are more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and more specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group. Group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, unsubstituted alkyl group; 2-methoxyethyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group, etc .; Acyloxy groups such as 2-acetyloxyethyl groups; cyanoalkyl groups such as 2-cyanoethyl groups; fluoroalkyl groups such as 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl groups, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl groups, etc. Can be mentioned.
 一般式(6)において、X11j及びX12jは、上記アルキル基である場合、更に任意の置換基を有していてもよい。これらの置換基として、例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基等のアルコキシ基、などが挙げられる。X11j及びX12jとして、具体的には、フルオロメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、トリクロロメチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基等のハロアルキル基;メトキシメチル基等のアルコキシアルキル基、などが挙げられる。 In the general formula (6), when X 11j and X 12j are the above alkyl groups, they may further have an arbitrary substituent. Examples of these substituents include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and propoxy group. Specific examples of X 11j and X 12j include haloalkyl groups such as a fluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a trichloromethyl group, and a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group; an alkoxyalkyl group such as a methoxymethyl group, and the like Is mentioned.
 一般式(6)において、X11j及びX12jとしては、水素原子、メチル基、塩素原子又はトリフルオロメチル基などねじれに影響を与えない程度の適度な立体障害を有する置換基であることが好ましい。X11j及びX12jは、色調および耐熱性の点から水素原子、メチル基又は塩素原子であることが最も好ましい。 In the general formula (6), X 11j and X 12j are preferably a substituent having an appropriate steric hindrance such as a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a chlorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group that does not affect the twist. . X 11j and X 12j are most preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a chlorine atom from the viewpoint of color tone and heat resistance.
 Zは、(PMo18-y626-/6で表され、y=0、1、2または3の整数であるヘテロポリオキソメタレートアニオンか、(SiMoW11404-/4で表されるヘテロポリオキソメタレートアニオンか、欠損ドーソン型リンタングステン酸ヘテロポリオキソメタレートアニオンから選ばれる少なくとも一種のアニオンのトリアリールメタン化合物である。欠損ドーソン型リンタングステン酸として具体的には、耐久性の観点から1欠損ドーソン型リンタングステン酸ヘテロポリオキソメタレートアニオン(P176110-/10が好ましい。 Z is a heteropolyoxometalate anion represented by (P 2 Mo y W 18-y O 62 ) 6− / 6 and an integer of y = 0, 1, 2, or 3, or (SiMoW 11 O 40 ) It is a triarylmethane compound of at least one anion selected from a heteropolyoxometalate anion represented by 4- / 4 or a deficient Dawson-type phosphotungstic acid heteropolyoxometalate anion. Specifically, the deficient Dawson-type phosphotungstic acid is preferably a 1-deficient Dawson-type phosphotungstic acid heteropolyoxometalate anion (P 2 W 17 O 61 ) 10− / 10 from the viewpoint of durability.
 前記一般式(6)で表されるトリアリールメタンレーキ顔料の具体例としては、例えば、以下の表1~7に記載した化合物があげられるが、本発明はその主旨を超えない限り、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the triarylmethane lake pigment represented by the general formula (6) include, for example, compounds described in the following Tables 1 to 7. The present invention includes these compounds as long as the gist thereof is not exceeded. It is not limited.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
 前記RGB三色画素部は、色材として、R画素部中にC.I.Solvent Red 124を、G画素部中に、ガリウム又はアルミニウムフタロシアニンを、B画素部中にPigment Blue 15:6を含有し、R画素部中及び/又はB画素部中にキサンテン化合物を含有するのが好ましい。 The RGB three-color pixel portion is a color material that contains C.I. I. Solvent Red 124, G pixel part contains gallium or aluminum phthalocyanine, B pixel part contains Pigment Blue 15: 6, and R pixel part and / or B pixel part contains a xanthene compound. preferable.
 キサンテン化合物の具体例としては、例えば、以下に記載した一般式(7a)~一般式(7b)で表される化合物があげられるが、本発明はその主旨を超えない限り、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the xanthene compound include, for example, compounds represented by the following general formulas (7a) to (7b), but the present invention is not limited to these unless the gist is exceeded. It is not a thing.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
(一般式(7a)~一般式(7b)において、Rはドデシル基を表し、Rは2-エチルヘキシル基を表し、Rcは2-エチルヘキシル基を表す。)
 前記RGB三色画素部は、色材として、R画素部中に更に、C.I.Pigment Red 177、同242、同166、同167、同179、同269、C.I.Pigment Orange 38、同71、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、同215、同185、同138、同139、C.I.Acid Red 52、C.I.Basic Red 1、C.I.Solvent Red 89、C.I.Solvent Orange 56、C.I.Solvent Yellow 21、同82、同83:1、同33及び同162からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の有機染顔料を含有するのが好ましい。
(In the general formulas (7a) to (7b), R a represents a dodecyl group, R b represents a 2-ethylhexyl group, and R c represents a 2-ethylhexyl group.)
The RGB three-color pixel portion is further provided with C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 242, 166, 167, 179, 269, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 38, 71, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, 215, 185, 138, 139, C.I. I. Acid Red 52, C.I. I. Basic Red 1, C.I. I. Solvent Red 89, C.I. I. Solvent Orange 56, C.I. I. It is preferable to contain at least one organic dye / pigment selected from the group consisting of Solvent Yellow 21, 82, 83: 1, 33 and 162.
 前記RGB三色画素部は、色材として、G画素部中に更に、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、同215、同185、同138、C.I.Solvent Yellow 21、同82、同83:1及び同33からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の有機染顔料を含有するのが好ましい。 The RGB three-color pixel portion further includes C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, 215, 185, 138, C.I. I. It is preferable to contain at least one organic dye / pigment selected from the group consisting of Solvent Yellow 21, 82, 83: 1 and 33.
 前記RGB三色画素部は、色材として、B画素部中に更にC.I.Pigment Violet 23、C.I.Basic Violet 10、C.I.Acid Blue 1、同90、同83、C.I.Direct Blue 86、C.I.Pigment Blue 15、同15:1、同15:2、同15:3及び同15:4からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の有機染顔料を含有するのが好ましい。 The RGB three-color pixel portion has a C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23, C.I. I. Basic Violet 10, C.I. I. Acid Blue 1, 90, 83, C.I. I. Direct Blue 86, C.I. I. It is preferable to contain at least one organic dye / pigment selected from the group consisting of Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3 and 15: 4.
 また、カラーフィルタが、ブラックマトリックスとRGB三色画素部とY画素部とから構成され、色材として、Y画素部に、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、同215、同185、同138、同139、C.I.Solvent Yellow 21、82、同83:1、同33及び同162からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の黄色有機染顔料を含有するのも好ましい。 Also, the color filter is composed of a black matrix, an RGB three-color pixel portion, and a Y pixel portion. I. Pigment Yellow 150, 215, 185, 138, 139, C.I. I. It is also preferable to contain at least one yellow organic dye / pigment selected from the group consisting of Solvent Yellow 21, 82, 83: 1, 33 and 162.
 本発明におけるカラーフィルタにおける各画素部のC光源下のXYZ表色系での色度x及び色度yは、液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下、イオン密度(ID)の増加を防止し、白抜け、配向むら、焼き付けなどの表示不良の問題発生を抑制する観点から、以下のようなものが好ましい。 In the color filter according to the present invention, the chromaticity x and chromaticity y in the XYZ color system under the C light source of each pixel portion prevent a decrease in voltage holding ratio (VHR) and an increase in ion density (ID) of the liquid crystal layer. From the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of display defect problems such as white spots, uneven alignment, and baking, the following are preferable.
 R画素部のC光源下のXYZ表色系での色度xは0.58~0.69であるのが好ましく、0.62~0.68であるのがより好ましく、色度yは0.30~0.36であるのが好ましく、0.31~0.35であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.58~0.69であり、且つ色度yは0.30~0.36であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.62~0.68であり、且つ色度yは0.31~0.35であるのがより好ましい。 The chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the R pixel portion is preferably 0.58 to 0.69, more preferably 0.62 to 0.68, and the chromaticity y is 0. .30 to 0.36 is preferable, 0.31 to 0.35 is more preferable, chromaticity x is 0.58 to 0.69, and chromaticity y is 0.30 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.62 to 0.68, and the chromaticity y is more preferably 0.31 to 0.35.
 G画素部のC光源下のXYZ表色系での色度xは0.19~0.35であるのが好ましく、0.20~0.29であるのがより好ましく、色度yは0.54~0.76であるのが好ましく、0.64~0.74であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.19~0.35であり、且つ色度yは0.54~0.76であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.20~0.29であり、且つ色度yは0.64~0.74であるのがより好ましい。 The chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the G pixel portion is preferably 0.19 to 0.35, more preferably 0.20 to 0.29, and the chromaticity y is 0. .54 to 0.76 is preferred, 0.64 to 0.74 is more preferred, chromaticity x is 0.19 to 0.35, and chromaticity y is 0.54 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.20 to 0.29, and the chromaticity y is 0.64 to 0.74.
 B画素部のC光源下のXYZ表色系での色度xは0.12~0.20であるのが好ましく、0.13~0.18であるのがより好ましく、色度yは0.04~0.12であるのが好ましく、0.05~0.09であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.12~0.18であり、且つ色度yは0.04~0.12であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.13~0.17であり、且つ色度yは0.04~0.09であるのがより好ましい。 The chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the B pixel portion is preferably 0.12 to 0.20, more preferably 0.13 to 0.18, and the chromaticity y is 0. 0.04 to 0.12 is preferable, 0.05 to 0.09 is more preferable, chromaticity x is 0.12 to 0.18, and chromaticity y is 0.04 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.13 to 0.17, and the chromaticity y is 0.04 to 0.09.
 Y画素部のC光源下のXYZ表色系での色度xは0.46~0.50であるのが好ましく、0.47~0.48であるのがより好ましく、色度yは0.48~0.53であるのが好ましく、0.50~0.52であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.46~0.50であり、且つ色度yは0.48~0.53であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.47~0.48であり、且つ色度yは0.50~0.52であるのがより好ましい。 The chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the Y pixel portion is preferably 0.46 to 0.50, more preferably 0.47 to 0.48, and the chromaticity y is 0. .48 to 0.53 is preferable, 0.50 to 0.52 is more preferable, chromaticity x is 0.46 to 0.50, and chromaticity y is 0.48 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.47 to 0.48, and the chromaticity y is 0.50 to 0.52.
 ここで、XYZ表色系とは、1931年にCIE(国際照明委員会)において標準表色系として承認された表色系をいう。 Here, the XYZ color system means a color system approved as a standard color system by the CIE (International Lighting Commission) in 1931.
 前記の各画素部における色度は、用いる染顔料の種類やそれらの混合比率を変えることで調整することができる。例えば、R画素の場合は赤色染顔料に黄色染顔料及び/又は橙色顔料を、G画素の場合は緑色染顔料に黄色染顔料を、B画素の場合は青色染顔料に紫色染顔料又は黄味の青色染顔料を適当量添加することによって調整することが可能である。また、顔料の粒径を適宜調整することによっても調整できる。 The chromaticity in each of the pixel portions can be adjusted by changing the type of dyes and pigments used and their mixing ratio. For example, in the case of the R pixel, a yellow dye and / or orange pigment is used as the red dye / pigment, in the case of the G pixel, the yellow dye / pigment is used as the green dye / pigment, and in the case of the B pixel, a purple dye or yellowish dye is used as the blue dye / pigment. It is possible to adjust by adding an appropriate amount of the blue dye / pigment. It can also be adjusted by appropriately adjusting the particle size of the pigment.
 カラーフィルタは、従来公知の方法でカラーフィルタ画素部を形成することができる。画素部の形成方法の代表的な方法としては、フォトリソグラフィー法であり、これは、後記する光硬化性組成物を、カラーフィルタ用の透明基板のブラックマトリックスを設けた側の面に塗布、加熱乾燥(プリベーク)した後、フォトマスクを介して紫外線を照射することでパターン露光を行って、画素部に対応する箇所の光硬化性化合物を硬化させた後、未露光部分を現像液で現像し、非画素部を除去して画素部を透明基板に固着させる方法である。この方法では、光硬化性組成物の硬化着色皮膜からなる画素部が透明基板上に形成される。 The color filter can form a color filter pixel portion by a conventionally known method. A typical method for forming the pixel portion is a photolithography method, which applies and heats a photocurable composition to be described later on the surface of the transparent substrate for the color filter provided with the black matrix. After drying (pre-baking), pattern exposure is performed by irradiating ultraviolet rays through a photomask to cure the photo-curable compound at the location corresponding to the pixel portion, and then developing the unexposed portion with a developer. In this method, the non-pixel portion is removed and the pixel portion is fixed to the transparent substrate. In this method, a pixel portion made of a cured colored film of a photocurable composition is formed on a transparent substrate.
 R画素、G画素、B画素、必要に応じてY画素等の他の色の画素ごとに、後記する光硬化性組成物を調製して、前記した操作を繰り返すことにより、所定の位置にR画素、G画素、B画素、Y画素の着色画素部を有するカラーフィルタを製造することができる。 A photocurable composition to be described later is prepared for each pixel of other colors such as an R pixel, a G pixel, a B pixel, and a Y pixel as necessary. A color filter having colored pixel portions of pixels, G pixels, B pixels, and Y pixels can be manufactured.
 後記する光硬化性組成物をガラス等の透明基板上に塗布する方法としては、例えば、スピンコート法、スリットコート法、ロールコート法、インクジェット法等が挙げられる。 Examples of a method of applying a photocurable composition described later on a transparent substrate such as glass include a spin coating method, a slit coating method, a roll coating method, and an ink jet method.
 透明基板に塗布した光硬化性組成物の塗膜の乾燥条件は、各成分の種類、配合割合等によっても異なるが、通常、50~150℃で、1~15分間程度である。また、光硬化性組成物の光硬化に用いる光としては、200~500nmの波長範囲の紫外線、あるいは可視光を使用するのが好ましい。この波長範囲の光を発する各種光源が使用できる。 The drying conditions of the coating film of the photocurable composition applied to the transparent substrate vary depending on the type of each component, the blending ratio, and the like, but are usually about 50 to 150 ° C. for about 1 to 15 minutes. Further, as the light used for photocuring the photocurable composition, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays or visible light in the wavelength range of 200 to 500 nm. Various light sources that emit light in this wavelength range can be used.
 現像方法としては、例えば、液盛り法、ディッピング法、スプレー法等が挙げられる。光硬化性組成物の露光、現像の後に、必要な色の画素部が形成された透明基板は水洗いし乾燥させる。こうして得られたカラーフィルタは、ホットプレート、オーブン等の加熱装置により、90~280℃で、所定時間加熱処理(ポストベーク)することによって、着色塗膜中の揮発性成分を除去すると同時に、光硬化性組成物の硬化着色皮膜中に残存する未反応の光硬化性化合物が熱硬化し、カラーフィルタが完成する。 Examples of the developing method include a liquid filling method, a dipping method, and a spray method. After exposure and development of the photocurable composition, the transparent substrate on which the necessary color pixel portion is formed is washed with water and dried. The color filter thus obtained is subjected to a heat treatment (post-baking) at 90 to 280 ° C. for a predetermined time by a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven, thereby removing volatile components in the colored coating film and simultaneously applying light. The unreacted photocurable compound remaining in the cured colored film of the curable composition is thermally cured to complete the color filter.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用色材は、本発明の液晶組成物と用いることで、液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下、イオン密度(ID)の増加を防止し、白抜け、配向むら、焼き付けなどの表示不良の問題を解決する液晶表示装置を提供することが可能となる。 By using the color material for a color filter of the present invention with the liquid crystal composition of the present invention, the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer is reduced and the ion density (ID) is prevented from being increased. It is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device that solves the problem of display defects such as baking.
 前記光硬化性組成物の製造方法としては、本発明のカラーフィルタ用顔料組成物と、有機溶剤と分散剤とを必須成分として使用し、これらを混合し均一となる様に攪拌分散を行って、まずカラーフィルタの画素部を形成するための顔料分散液を調製してから、そこに、光硬化性化合物と、必要に応じて熱可塑性樹脂や光重合開始剤等を加えて前記光硬化性組成物とする方法が一般的である。 As a method for producing the photocurable composition, the color filter pigment composition of the present invention, an organic solvent and a dispersant are used as essential components, and these are mixed and stirred and dispersed so as to be uniform. First, after preparing a pigment dispersion for forming the pixel portion of the color filter, a photocurable compound and, if necessary, a thermoplastic resin or a photopolymerization initiator are added to the photocurable composition. A method of forming a composition is common.
 ここで用いられる有機溶媒としては、例えば、トルエンやキシレン、メトキシベンゼン等の芳香族系溶剤、酢酸エチルや酢酸プロピルや酢酸ブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールプロピルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールブチルエーテルアセテート等の酢酸エステル系溶剤、エトキシエチルプロピオネート等のプロピオネート系溶剤、メタノール、エタノール等のアルコール系溶剤、ブチルセロソルブ、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル等のエーテル系溶剤、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン系溶剤、ヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、γ-ブチロラクタム、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、アニリン、ピリジン等の窒素化合物系溶剤、γ-ブチロラクトン等のラクトン系溶剤、カルバミン酸メチルとカルバミン酸エチルの48:52の混合物の様なカルバミン酸エステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic solvent used here include aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, methoxybenzene, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol methyl ether acetate. , Acetate solvents such as diethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol propyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol butyl ether acetate, propionate solvents such as ethoxyethyl propionate, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, butyl cellosolve, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl Ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether Ether solvents such as tellurium, ketone solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone and cyclohexanone, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, N, N-dimethylformamide, γ-butyrolactam, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, aniline And nitrogen compound solvents such as pyridine, lactone solvents such as γ-butyrolactone, and carbamate esters such as a 48:52 mixture of methyl carbamate and ethyl carbamate.
 ここで用いられる分散剤としては、例えば、ビックケミー社のディスパービック130、ディスパービック161、ディスパービック162、ディスパービック163、ディスパービック170、ディスパービック171、ディスパービック174、ディスパービック180、ディスパービック182、ディスパービック183、ディスパービック184、ディスパービック185、ディスパービック2000、ディスパービック2001、ディスパービック2020、ディスパービック2050、ディスパービック2070、ディスパービック2096、ディスパービック2150、ディスパービックLPN21116、ディスパービックLPN6919、ルーブリゾール社のソルスパース3000、ソルスパース9000、ソルスパース13240、ソルスパース13650、ソルスパース13940、ソルスパース17000、18000、ソルスパース20000、ソルスパース21000、ソルスパース20000、ソルスパース24000、ソルスパース26000、ソルスパース27000、ソルスパース28000、ソルスパース32000、ソルスパース36000、ソルスパース37000、ソルスパース38000、ソルスパース41000、ソルスパース42000、ソルスパース43000、ソルスパース46000、ソルスパース54000、ソルスパース71000、味の素株式会社のアジスパーPB711、アジスパーPB821、アジスパーPB822、アジスパーPB814、アジスパーPN411、アジスパーPA111等の分散剤や、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、アルキッド系樹脂、ウッドロジン、ガムロジン、トール油ロジン等の天然ロジン、重合ロジン、不均化ロジン、水添ロジン、酸化ロジン、マレイン化ロジン等の変性ロジン、ロジンアミン、ライムロジン、ロジンアルキレンオキシド付加物、ロジンアルキド付加物、ロジン変性フェノール等のロジン誘導体等の、室温で液状かつ水不溶性の合成樹脂を含有させることが出来る。これら分散剤や、樹脂の添加は、フロッキュレーションの低減、顔料の分散安定性の向上、分散体の粘度特性を向上にも寄与する。 Dispersants used here include, for example, Big Chemie's Dispersic 130, Dispersic 161, Dispersic 162, Dispersic 163, Dispersic 170, Dispersic 171, Dispersic 174, Dispersic 180, Dispersic 182, Dispersic 183, Dispersic 184, Dispersic 185, Dispersic 2000, Dispersic 2001, Dispersic 2020, Dispersic 2050, Dispersic 2070, Dispersic 2096, Dispersic 2150, Dispersic LPN21116, Dispersic LPN6919, Lubrizol Solsperse 3000, Solsperse 9000, Solsper 13240, Sol Sparse 13650, Sol Sparse 13940, Sol Sparse 17000, 18000, Sol Sparse 20000, Sol Sparse 21000, Sol Sparse 20000, Sol Sparse 24000, Sol Sparse 26000, Sol Sparse 28000, Sol Sparse 32000, Sol Sparse 36000, Sol Sparse 37000, Sol Sparse 1000, Sparse Sparse 4 42000, Solsperse 43000, Solsperse 46000, Solsperse 54000, Solsperse 71000, Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Ajisper PB711, Ajisper PB821, Ajisper PB822, Ajisper PB814, Ajisper PN411, Ajisper PA111, Natural rosin such as krill resin, urethane resin, alkyd resin, wood rosin, gum rosin, tall oil rosin, polymerized rosin, disproportionated rosin, hydrogenated rosin, oxidized rosin, modified rosin such as maleated rosin, rosinamine, lime rosin , A rosin alkylene oxide adduct, a rosin alkyd adduct, a rosin derivative such as rosin-modified phenol, and the like, and a synthetic resin that is liquid and insoluble at room temperature. Addition of these dispersants and resins also contributes to reduction of flocculation, improvement of pigment dispersion stability, and improvement of viscosity characteristics of the dispersion.
 また、分散助剤として、有機顔料誘導体の、例えば、フタルイミドメチル誘導体、同スルホン酸誘導体、同N-(ジアルキルアミノ)メチル誘導体、同N-(ジアルキルアミノアルキル)スルホン酸アミド誘導体等も含有することも出来る。もちろん、これら誘導体は、異なる種類のものを二種以上併用することも出来る。 Further, as a dispersion aid, organic pigment derivatives such as phthalimidomethyl derivatives, sulfonic acid derivatives, N- (dialkylamino) methyl derivatives, N- (dialkylaminoalkyl) sulfonic acid amide derivatives, etc. You can also. Of course, two or more of these derivatives can be used in combination.
 光硬化性組成物の調製に使用する熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば、ウレタン系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリイミド系樹脂、スチレンマレイン酸系樹脂、スチレン無水マレイン酸系樹脂等が挙げられる。 Examples of the thermoplastic resin used for the preparation of the photocurable composition include urethane resins, acrylic resins, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, styrene maleic acid resins, styrene maleic anhydride resins, and the like. .
 光硬化性化合物としては、例えば、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ビス(アクリロキシエトキシ)ビスフェノールA、3-メチルペンタンジオールジアクリレート等のような2官能モノマー、トリメチルロールプロパトントリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、トリス〔2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート等の比較的分子量の小さな多官能モノマー、ポリエステルアクリレート、ポリウレタンアクリレート、ポリエーテルアクリレート等の様な比較的分子量の大きな多官能モノマーが挙げられる。 Examples of the photocurable compound include 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, ethylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, bis (acryloxyethoxy) bisphenol A, and 3-methylpentanediol diacrylate. Bifunctional monomers such as acrylate, trimethylol propaton triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, tris [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, etc. High molecular weight such as low molecular weight polyfunctional monomer, polyester acrylate, polyurethane acrylate, polyether acrylate, etc. Polyfunctional monomers.
 光重合開始剤としては、例えばアセトフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、ベンジルジメチルケタール、ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、2-クロロチオキサントン、1,3-ビス(4’-アジドベンザル)-2-プロパン、1,3-ビス(4’-アジドベンザル)-2-プロパン-2’-スルホン酸、4,4’-ジアジドスチルベン-2,2’-ジスルホン酸等が挙げられる。市販の光重合開始剤としては、たとえば、BASF社製「イルガキュア(商標名)-184」、「イルガキュア(商標名)-369」、「ダロキュア(商標名)-1173」、BASF社製「ルシリン-TPO」、日本化薬社製「カヤキュアー(商標名)DETX」、「カヤキュアー(商標名)OA」、ストーファー社製「バイキュアー10」、「バイキュアー55」、アクゾー社製「トリゴナールPI」、サンド社製「サンドレー1000」、アップジョン社製「デープ」、黒金化成社製「ビイミダゾール」などがある。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include acetophenone, benzophenone, benzyldimethyl ketal, benzoyl peroxide, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 1,3-bis (4′-azidobenzal) -2-propane, 1,3-bis (4′- Azidobenzal) -2-propane-2′-sulfonic acid, 4,4′-diazidostilbene-2,2′-disulfonic acid, and the like. Commercially available photopolymerization initiators include, for example, “Irgacure (trade name) -184”, “Irgacure (trade name) -369”, “Darocur (trade name) -1173” manufactured by BASF, “Lucirin- "TPO", Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. "Kayacure (trade name) DETX", "Kayacure (trade name) OA", Stofer "Bicure 10", "Bicure 55", Akzo "Trigonal PI", Sand "Sandray 1000" manufactured by Upjohn, "Deep" manufactured by Upjohn, and "Biimidazole" manufactured by Kurokin Kasei.
 また上記光重合開始剤に公知慣用の光増感剤を併用することもできる。光増感剤としては、たとえば、アミン類、尿素類、硫黄原子を有する化合物、燐原子を有する化合物、塩素原子を有する化合物またはニトリル類もしくはその他の窒素原子を有する化合物等が挙げられる。これらは、単独で用いることも、2種以上を組み合わせて用いることもできる。 Also, a known and commonly used photosensitizer can be used in combination with the photopolymerization initiator. Examples of the photosensitizer include amines, ureas, compounds having a sulfur atom, compounds having a phosphorus atom, compounds having a chlorine atom, nitriles or other compounds having a nitrogen atom. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 光重合開始剤の配合率は、特に限定されるものではないが、質量基準で、光重合性あるいは光硬化性官能基を有する化合物に対して0.1~30%の範囲が好ましい。0.1%未満では、光硬化時の感光度が低下する傾向にあり、30%を超えると、顔料分散レジストの塗膜を乾燥させたときに、光重合開始剤の結晶が析出して塗膜物性の劣化を引き起こすことがある。 The blending ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30% with respect to the compound having a photopolymerizable or photocurable functional group on a mass basis. If it is less than 0.1%, the photosensitivity at the time of photocuring tends to decrease, and if it exceeds 30%, crystals of the photopolymerization initiator are precipitated when the pigment-dispersed resist coating film is dried. May cause deterioration of film properties.
 前記した様な各材料を使用して、質量基準で、本発明のカラーフィルタ用顔料組成物100部当たり、300~1000部の有機溶剤と、1~100部の分散剤とを、均一となる様に攪拌分散して前記染顔料液を得ることができる。次いでこの顔料分散液に、本発明のカラーフィルタ用顔料組成物1部当たり、熱可塑性樹脂と光硬化性化合物の合計が3~20部、光硬化性化合物1部当たり0.05~3部の光重合開始剤と、必要に応じてさらに有機溶剤を添加し、均一となる様に攪拌分散してカラーフィルタ画素部を形成するための光硬化性組成物を得ることができる。 Using each of the materials as described above, 300 to 1000 parts of the organic solvent and 1 to 100 parts of the dispersant are made uniform per 100 parts of the color filter pigment composition of the present invention on a mass basis. The dye / pigment solution can be obtained by stirring and dispersing in the same manner. Next, the pigment dispersion is combined with 3 to 20 parts in total of the thermoplastic resin and the photocurable compound per 1 part of the pigment composition for a color filter of the present invention, and 0.05 to 3 parts per 1 part of the photocurable compound. A photopolymerization initiator and, if necessary, an organic solvent may be further added, and a photocurable composition for forming a color filter pixel portion can be obtained by stirring and dispersing so as to be uniform.
 現像液としては、公知慣用の有機溶剤やアルカリ水溶液を使用することができる。特に前記光硬化性組成物に、熱可塑性樹脂または光硬化性化合物が含まれており、これらの少なくとも一方が酸価を有し、アルカリ可溶性を呈する場合には、アルカリ水溶液での洗浄がカラーフィルタ画素部の形成に効果的である。
フォトリソグラフィー法によるカラーフィルタ画素部の製造方法について詳記したが、本発明のカラーフィルタ用顔料組成物を使用して調製されたカラーフィルタ画素部は、その他の電着法、転写法、ミセル電解法、PVED(PhotovoltaicElectrodeposition)法、インクジェット法、反転印刷法、熱硬化法等の方法で各色画素部を形成して、カラーフィルタを製造してもよい。
As the developer, a known and commonly used organic solvent or alkaline aqueous solution can be used. In particular, when the photocurable composition contains a thermoplastic resin or a photocurable compound, and at least one of them has an acid value and exhibits alkali solubility, the color filter can be washed with an alkaline aqueous solution. It is effective for forming the pixel portion.
Although the manufacturing method of the color filter pixel part by the photolithography method has been described in detail, the color filter pixel part prepared by using the pigment composition for the color filter of the present invention can be used in other electrodeposition methods, transfer methods, and micellar electrolysis. A color filter may be manufactured by forming each color pixel portion by a method such as a method, a PVED (Photovoltaic Electrodeposition) method, an ink jet method, a reverse printing method, or a thermosetting method.
 有機顔料を基材に塗布して乾燥させた状態でカラーフィルタとしてもよいし、顔料分散体に硬化性樹脂が含まれる場合、熱や活性エネルギー線により硬化することでカラーフィルタとしてもよい。また、ホットプレート、オーブン等の加熱装置により、100~280℃で、所定時間加熱処理(ポストベーク)することによって、塗膜中の揮発性成分を除去する工程を行ってもかまわない。
(配向膜)
 本発明の液晶表示装置において、第一の基板と、第二の基板上の液晶組成物と接する面には液晶組成物を配向させるため、配向膜を必要とする液晶表示装置においてはカラーフィルタと液晶層間に配置するものであるが、配向膜の膜厚が厚いものでも100nm以下と薄く、カラーフィルタを構成する顔料等の色素と液晶層を構成する液晶化合物との相互作用を完全に遮断するものでは無い。
A color filter may be used in a state where an organic pigment is applied to a substrate and dried, and when a curable resin is contained in the pigment dispersion, a color filter may be obtained by curing with heat or active energy rays. In addition, a volatile component in the coating film may be removed by heat treatment (post-baking) at 100 to 280 ° C. for a predetermined time using a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven.
(Alignment film)
In the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, the liquid crystal composition is aligned on the first substrate and the surface in contact with the liquid crystal composition on the second substrate. Although arranged between the liquid crystal layers, even if the alignment film is thick, it is as thin as 100 nm or less, and completely blocks the interaction between the pigment such as a pigment constituting the color filter and the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal layer. It is not a thing.
 又、配向膜を用いない液晶表示装置においては、カラーフィルタを構成する顔料等の色素と液晶層を構成する液晶化合物との相互作用はより大きくなる。 Further, in a liquid crystal display device that does not use an alignment film, the interaction between a pigment such as a pigment constituting a color filter and a liquid crystal compound constituting a liquid crystal layer becomes greater.
 配向膜材料としては、ポリイミド、ポリアミド、BCB(ペンゾシクロブテンポリマー)、ポリビニルアルコールなどの透明性有機材料を用いることができ、特に、p-フェニレンジアミン、4,4’-ジアミノジフエニルメタンなどの脂肪族または脂環族ジアミン等のジアミン及びブタンテトラカルボン酸無水物や2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸無水物等の脂肪族又は脂環式テトラカルボン酸無水物、ピロメリット酸二無水物等の芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から合成されるポリアミック酸をイミド化した、ポリイミド配向膜が好ましい。この場合の配向付与方法は、ラビングを用いることが一般的であるが、垂直配向膜等に使用する場合は配向を付与しないで使用することもできる。 As the alignment film material, transparent organic materials such as polyimide, polyamide, BCB (Penzocyclobutene Polymer), polyvinyl alcohol and the like can be used. Particularly, p-phenylenediamine, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, etc. Aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic anhydrides such as aliphatic or alicyclic diamines, butanetetracarboxylic anhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride A polyimide alignment film obtained by imidizing a polyamic acid synthesized from an aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydride such as a product is preferable. In this case, rubbing is generally used as a method for imparting orientation, but when used for a vertical orientation film or the like, it can be used without imparting orientation.
 配向膜材料としては、カルコン、シンナメート、シンナモイル又はアゾ基等を化合物中に含む、材料を使用することができ、ポリイミド、ポリアミド等の材料と組み合わせて使用してもよく、この場合配向膜はラビングを用いてもよく光配向技術を用いてもよい。 As the alignment film material, a material containing chalcone, cinnamate, cinnamoyl or azo group in the compound can be used, and it may be used in combination with materials such as polyimide and polyamide. In this case, the alignment film is rubbed. Or a photo-alignment technique may be used.
 配向膜は、基板上に前記配向膜材料をスピンコート法などの方法により塗布して樹脂膜を形成することが一般的であるが、一軸延伸法、ラングミュア・ブロジェット法等を用いることもできる。
(透明電極)
 本発明の液晶表示装置において、透明電極の材料としては、導電性の金属酸化物を用いることができ、金属酸化物としては酸化インジウム(In)、酸化スズ(SnO)、酸化亜鉛(ZnO)、酸化インジウムスズ(In―SnO)、酸化インジウム亜鉛(In―ZnO)、ニオブ添加二酸化チタン(Ti1-xNbx)、フッ素ドープ酸化スズ、グラフェンナノリボン又は金属ナノワイヤー等が使用できるが、酸化亜鉛(ZnO)、酸化インジウムスズ(In―SnO)又は酸化インジウム亜鉛(In―ZnO)が好ましい。これらの透明導電膜のパターニングには、フォト・エッチング法やマスクを用いる方法などを使用することができる。
The alignment film is generally formed by applying the alignment film material on a substrate by a method such as spin coating to form a resin film, but a uniaxial stretching method, Langmuir-Blodgett method, or the like can also be used. .
(Transparent electrode)
In the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, a conductive metal oxide can be used as a material for the transparent electrode. Examples of the metal oxide include indium oxide (In 2 O 3 ), tin oxide (SnO 2 ), and zinc oxide. (ZnO), indium tin oxide (In 2 O 3 —SnO 2 ), indium zinc oxide (In 2 O 3 —ZnO), niobium-doped titanium dioxide (Ti 1-x Nb x O 2 ), fluorine-doped tin oxide, graphene Although nanoribbons or metal nanowires can be used, zinc oxide (ZnO), indium tin oxide (In 2 O 3 —SnO 2 ), or indium zinc oxide (In 2 O 3 —ZnO) is preferable. For patterning these transparent conductive films, a photo-etching method or a method using a mask can be used.
 本発明の液晶表示装置は、特にアクティブマトリックス駆動用液晶表示装置に有用であり、TNモード、IPSモード、高分子安定化IPSモード、FFSモード、OCBモード、VAモード又はECBモード用液晶表示装置に適用できる。 The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is particularly useful for a liquid crystal display device for active matrix driving, and is used for a liquid crystal display device for TN mode, IPS mode, polymer-stabilized IPS mode, FFS mode, OCB mode, VA mode or ECB mode. Applicable.
 本液晶表示装置と、バックライトを組み合わせて、液晶テレビ、パソコンのモニター、携帯電話、スマートフォンのディスプレイや、ノート型パーソナルコンピューター、携帯情報端末、デジタルサイネージ等の様々な用途で使用される。バックライトとしては、冷陰極管タイプバックライト、無機材料を用いた発光ダイオードや有機EL素子を用いた、2波長ピークの擬似白色バックライトと3波長ピークのバックライト等がある。 This liquid crystal display device and backlight are used in various applications such as LCD TVs, personal computer monitors, mobile phones, smartphone displays, notebook personal computers, personal digital assistants, and digital signage. Examples of the backlight include a cold cathode tube type backlight, a two-wavelength peak pseudo-white backlight and a three-wavelength peak backlight using a light emitting diode or an organic EL element using an inorganic material.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に詳述するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。また、以下の実施例及び比較例の組成物における「%」は『質量%』を意味する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. Further, “%” in the compositions of the following Examples and Comparative Examples means “% by mass”.
 実施例中、測定した特性は以下の通りである。 In the examples, the measured characteristics are as follows.
 Tni :ネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(℃)
 Δn :25℃における屈折率異方性
 Δε :25℃における誘電率異方性
 η  :20℃における粘度(mPa・s)
 γ1 :25℃における回転粘性(mPa・s)
 VHR:70℃における電圧保持率(%)
(セル厚3.5μmのセルに液晶組成物を注入し、5V印加、フレームタイム200ms、パルス幅64μsの条件で測定した時の測定電圧と初期印加電圧との比を%で表した値)
 ID :70℃におけるイオン密度(pC/cm
(セル厚3.5μmのセルに液晶組成物を注入し、MTR-1(株式会社東陽テクニカ製)で20V印加、周波数0.05Hzの条件で測定した時のイオン密度値)
 焼き付き:
 液晶表示素子の焼き付き評価は、表示エリア内に所定の固定パターンを1000時間表示させた後に、全画面均一な表示を行ったときの固定パターンの残像のレベルを目視にて以下の4段階評価で行った。
T ni : Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C.)
Δn: refractive index anisotropy at 25 ° C. Δε: dielectric anisotropy at 25 ° C. η: viscosity at 20 ° C. (mPa · s)
γ1: rotational viscosity at 25 ° C. (mPa · s)
VHR: Voltage holding ratio at 70 ° C. (%)
(The ratio of the measured voltage to the initial applied voltage in% when the liquid crystal composition was injected into a cell having a cell thickness of 3.5 μm and measured under the conditions of 5 V applied, frame time 200 ms, and pulse width 64 μs)
ID: Ion density at 70 ° C. (pC / cm 2 )
(Ion density value measured by injecting a liquid crystal composition into a cell having a cell thickness of 3.5 μm and applying 20 V with MTR-1 (manufactured by Toyo Corporation) and a frequency of 0.05 Hz)
Burn-in:
The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display element is based on the following four-level evaluation of the afterimage level of the fixed pattern when the predetermined fixed pattern is displayed in the display area for 1000 hours and then the entire screen is uniformly displayed. went.
 ◎残像無し
 ○残像ごく僅かに有るも許容できるレベル
 △残像有り許容できないレベル
 ×残像有りかなり劣悪
尚、実施例において化合物の記載について以下の略号を用いる。
(環構造)
◎ No afterimage ○ Although there is a slight afterimage Acceptable level △ Without afterimage Unacceptable level × Afterimage fairly bad In addition, the following abbreviations are used for the description of compounds in the examples.
(Ring structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
(側鎖構造及び連結構造) (Side chain structure and linking structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
[カラーフィルタの作成]
[着色組成物の調製]
[緑色顔料着色組成物1]
 小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が25nm、規格化分散40%の前記一般式(1a)のガリウムフタロシアニン顔料1を4.8部、平均一次粒子径が30nm、規格化分散40%の黄色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Yellow 138)47部、Yellow 138のスルホン酸誘導体5部、ディスパービックLPN6919(ビックケミー株式会社製)7.0部、をポリビンに入れ、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート55部、Saint-Gobain社製0.3-0.4mmφジルコニアビーズ「ER-120S」を加え、ペイントコンディショナー(東洋精機株式会社製)で4時間分散した後、5μmのフィルタで濾過し顔料着色液を得た。
[Create color filter]
[Preparation of colored composition]
[Green pigment coloring composition 1]
4.8 parts of the gallium phthalocyanine pigment 1 of the above general formula (1a) having a mean primary particle diameter of 25 nm and a normalized dispersion of 40% by a small angle X-ray scattering method, a yellow having a mean primary particle diameter of 30 nm and a normalized dispersion of 40% 47 parts of Pigment 1 (CI Pigment Yellow 138), 5 parts of a sulfonic acid derivative of Yellow 138, 7.0 parts of Dispersic LPN6919 (manufactured by Big Chemie Co., Ltd.) are placed in a polybin, 55 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, Add 0.3-0.4 mmφ zirconia beads “ER-120S” manufactured by Saint-Gobain, and disperse with a paint conditioner (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.) for 4 hours, and then filter through a 5 μm filter to obtain a pigment coloring liquid. .
 この顔料着色液75.00部とポリエステルアクリレート樹脂(アロニックス(商標名)M7100、東亜合成化学工業株式会社製)5.50部、ジペンタエリストールヘキサアクリレート(KAYARAD(商標名)DPHA、日本化薬株式会社製)5.00部、ベンゾフェノン(KAYACURE(商標名)BP-100、日本化薬株式会社製)1.00部、ユーカーエステルEEP13.5部を分散撹拌機で撹拌し、孔径1.0μmのフィルタで濾過し、緑色顔料着色組成物1を得た。 75.00 parts of this pigment coloring liquid, 5.50 parts of polyester acrylate resin (Aronix (trade name) M7100, manufactured by Toa Gosei Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentaerystol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (trade name) DPHA, Nippon Kayaku) 5.00 parts, benzophenone (KAYACURE (trade name) BP-100, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 1.00 parts, and 13.5 parts Euker ester EEP are stirred with a dispersion stirrer, and the pore size is 1.0 μm. And a green pigment coloring composition 1 was obtained.
 なお、本発明の実施例において、有機顔料の平均一次粒子径及び粒径分布は、特開2006-113042公報の小角エックス線散乱法に基づく有機顔料分散体の小角エックス線散乱プロファイル(測定散乱プロファイル)から得られたものである。また、小角エックス線散乱法での粒度分布を示す規格化分散は、特開2013-96944号公報に記載の方法で算出したものである。
[緑色顔料着色組成物2]
 上記緑色顔料着色組成物1のガリウムフタロシアニン顔料 4.8部に代え、平均一次粒子径が40nm、規格化分散50%の前記一般式(1b)のアルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料2を4.5部、銅フタロシアニンスルホン酸誘導体0.3部を用い、黄色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Yellow 138)に代え、平均一次粒子径が30nm、規格化分散40%の前記一般式(3a)のキノフタロン顔料を用いて、上記と同様にして、緑色顔料着色組成物2を得た。
[緑色顔料着色組成物3]
 上記緑色顔料着色組成物1のガリウムフタロシアニン顔料1 4.8部に代え、平均一次粒子径が20nm、規格化分散35%の前記一般式(1l)で臭素の平均置換基数8のアルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料3を4.5部、銅フタロシアニンスルホン酸誘導体0.3部を用い、黄色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Yellow 138)47部に代え、平均一次粒子径が30nm、規格化分散40%の前記一般式(3a)のキノフタロン顔料20部を用いて、上記と同様にして、緑色顔料着色組成物3を得た。
In the examples of the present invention, the average primary particle size and particle size distribution of the organic pigment are based on the small angle X-ray scattering profile (measured scattering profile) of the organic pigment dispersion based on the small angle X-ray scattering method disclosed in JP-A-2006-113042. It is obtained. The normalized dispersion indicating the particle size distribution by the small angle X-ray scattering method is calculated by the method described in JP2013-96944A.
[Green pigment coloring composition 2]
Instead of 4.8 parts of the gallium phthalocyanine pigment of the green pigment coloring composition 1, 4.5 parts of the aluminum phthalocyanine pigment 2 of the above general formula (1b) having an average primary particle diameter of 40 nm and a normalized dispersion of 50%, copper phthalocyanine Using 0.3 part of a sulfonic acid derivative, instead of yellow pigment 1 (CI Pigment Yellow 138), using a quinophthalone pigment of the above general formula (3a) having an average primary particle size of 30 nm and a normalized dispersion of 40% In the same manner as above, a green pigment coloring composition 2 was obtained.
[Green pigment coloring composition 3]
In place of 4.8 parts of the gallium phthalocyanine pigment 1 of the green pigment coloring composition 1, an aluminum phthalocyanine pigment 3 having an average primary particle diameter of 20 nm and a normalized dispersion of 35% and having the average number of bromine substituents of 8 in the general formula (1l) And 4.5 parts of copper phthalocyanine sulfonic acid derivative, and 47 parts of yellow pigment 1 (CI Pigment Yellow 138), the average primary particle diameter is 30 nm and the normalized dispersion is 40%. Using 20 parts of the quinophthalone pigment of the formula (3a), a green pigment coloring composition 3 was obtained in the same manner as described above.
 [緑色顔料着色組成物4]
 上記緑色顔料着色組成物1のガリウムフタロシアニン顔料1 4.8部に代え、平均一次粒子径が25nm、規格化分散45%の前記一般式(1b)/(2a)=95/5の混合物であるアルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料4を4.5部、銅フタロシアニンスルホン酸誘導体0.3部を用い、黄色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Yellow 138)に代え、平均一次粒子径が20nm、規格化分散35%の(4a)の化合物であるキノフタロン顔料を用いて、上記と同様にして、緑色顔料着色組成物5を得た。
[Green pigment coloring composition 4]
In place of 4.8 parts of the gallium phthalocyanine pigment 1 of the green pigment coloring composition 1, the mixture is a mixture of the above general formula (1b) / (2a) = 95/5 having an average primary particle diameter of 25 nm and a normalized dispersion of 45%. Using 4.5 parts of aluminum phthalocyanine pigment 4 and 0.3 parts of copper phthalocyanine sulfonic acid derivative, instead of yellow pigment 1 (CI Pigment Yellow 138), the average primary particle diameter is 20 nm, and the normalized dispersion is 35%. Using the quinophthalone pigment which is the compound of (4a), a green pigment coloring composition 5 was obtained in the same manner as described above.
 [緑色顔料着色組成物5]
 上記緑色顔料着色組成物1のガリウムフタロシアニン顔料1 4.8部に代え、平均一次粒子径が30nm、規格化分散50%の前記一般式(1l)で臭素の平均置換基数8のアルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料/(2g)で臭素の平均置換基数が8のジアルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料=97/3の混合物であるアルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料5を4.5部、銅フタロシアニンスルホン酸誘導体0.3部を用い、黄色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Yellow 138)47部に代え、平均一次粒子径が20nm、規格化分散35%の(4a)の化合物であるキノフタロン顔料20部を用いて、上記と同様にして、緑色顔料着色組成物5を得た。
[Green pigment coloring composition 5]
In place of 4.8 parts of the gallium phthalocyanine pigment 1 of the green pigment coloring composition 1, an aluminum phthalocyanine pigment having an average primary particle size of 30 nm and a normalized dispersion of 50% and having an average bromine group of 8 substituents of the general formula (1l) / (2g) 4.5 parts of aluminum phthalocyanine pigment 5 which is a mixture of dialuminum phthalocyanine pigment = 97/3 having an average number of bromine substituents of 8 = 0.3 parts of copper phthalocyanine sulfonic acid derivative, and yellow pigment 1 ( CI Pigment Yellow 138) Instead of 47 parts, using 20 parts of quinophthalone pigment, which is a compound of (4a) having an average primary particle size of 20 nm and a normalized dispersion of 35%, a green pigment is colored in the same manner as described above. Composition 5 was obtained.
 [緑色顔料着色組成物6]
 上記緑色顔料着色組成物1のガリウムフタロシアニン顔料1 4.8部に代え、平均一次粒子径が55nm、規格化分散65%の前記一般式(1b)のアルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料6 4.8部を用いて、上記と同様にして、緑色顔料着色組成物6を得た。
[赤色顔料着色組成物1]
小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が25nm、規格化分散40%の赤色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Red 254)10部をポリビンに入れ、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート55部、ディスパービックLPN21116(ビックケミー株式会社製)7.0部、Saint-Gobain社製0.3-0.4mmφジルコニアビーズ「ER-120S」を加え、ペイントコンディショナー(東洋精機株式会社製)で4時間分散した後、1μmのフィルタで濾過し顔料分散液を得た。この顔料分散液75.00部とポリエステルアクリレート樹脂(アロニックス(商標名)M7100、東亜合成化学工業株式会社製)5.50部、ジペンタエリストールヘキサアクリレート(KAYARAD(商標名)DPHA、日本化薬株式会社製)5.00部、ベンゾフェノン(KAYACURE(商標名)BP-100、日本化薬株式会社製)1.00部、ユーカーエステルEEP13.5部を分散撹拌機で撹拌し、孔径1.0μmのフィルタで濾過し、赤色顔料着色組成物1を得た。
[赤色顔料着色組成物2]
 上記赤色顔料着色組成物1の赤色顔料1 10部に代え、赤色顔料1 6部と赤色顔料2(C.I.Pigment Red 177 DIC株式会社製FASTOGEN SUPER RED ATY-TR)2部、黄色顔料2(C.I.Pigment Yellow 139)2部を用いて、上記と同様にして、赤色顔料着色組成物2を得た。
[青色顔料着色組成物1]
 前記一般式(6)で表されるトリアリールメタンレーキ顔料(表1化合物No.2)1.80部、BYK―2164(ビックケミー社) 2.10部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート 11.10部、 0.3-0.4mmφセプルビーズをポリビンに入れ、ペイントコンディショナー(東洋精機株式会社製)で4時間分散し、顔料分散液を得た。この顔料分散液75.00部とポリエステルアクリレート樹脂(アロニックス(商標名)M7100、東亜合成化学工業株式会社製)5.50部、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(KAYARAD(商標名)DPHA、日本化薬株式会社製)5.00部、ベンゾフェノン(KAYACURE(商標名)BP-100、日本化薬株式会社製)1.00部、ユーカーエステルEEP(ユニオンカーバイド社製)13.5部を分散撹拌機で撹拌し、孔径1.0μmのフィルタで濾過し、青色顔料着色組成物1を得た。
[青色顔料着色組成物2]
 小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が20nm、規格化分散50%青色顔料(C.I.Pigment Blue 15:6) 1.80部、前記一般式(7a)のキサンテン化合物0.18部、BYK-LPN21116(ビックケミー社) 2.84部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート 10.19部、 Saint-Gobain社製0.3-0.4mmφジルコニアビーズ「ER-120S」をポリビンに入れ、ペイントコンディショナー(東洋精機株式会社製)で4時間分散し、顔料分散液を得た。この顔料分散液75.00部とポリエステルアクリレート樹脂(アロニックス(商標名)M7100、東亜合成化学工業株式会社製)5.50部、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(KAYARAD(商標名)DPHA、日本化薬株式会社製)5.00部、ベンゾフェノン(KAYACURE(商標名)BP-100、日本化薬株式会社製)1.00部、ユーカーエステルEEP(ユニオンカーバイド社製)13.5部を分散撹拌機で撹拌し、孔径1.0μmのフィルタで濾過し、青色顔料着色組成物2を得た。
[黄色顔料着色組成物1]
 上記赤色顔料着色組成物1の赤色顔料1 10部に代え、黄色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、LANXESS社製FANCHON FAST YELLOW E4GN)10部を用いて、上記と同様にして、黄色顔料着色組成物1を得た。
[カラーフィルタの作製]
 予めブラックマトリックスが形成されてあるガラス基板に、赤色着色組成物をスピンコートにより膜厚2μmとなるように塗布した。70℃で20分間乾燥の後、超高圧水銀ランプを備えた露光機にて、紫外線をフォトマスクを介してストライプ状のパターン露光をした。アルカリ現像液にて90秒間スプレー現像、イオン交換水で洗浄し、風乾した。さらに、クリーンオーブン中で、230℃で30分間ポストベークを行い、ストライプ状の着色層である赤色画素を透明基板上に形成した。
[Green pigment coloring composition 6]
Instead of 4.8 parts of the gallium phthalocyanine pigment 1 of the green pigment coloring composition 1, 4.8 parts of the aluminum phthalocyanine pigment 6 of the general formula (1b) having an average primary particle diameter of 55 nm and a normalized dispersion of 65% are used. In the same manner as above, a green pigment coloring composition 6 was obtained.
[Red pigment coloring composition 1]
10 parts of red pigment 1 (CI Pigment Red 254) having an average primary particle diameter of 25 nm and a normalized dispersion of 40% in a small angle X-ray scattering method is placed in a polybin, 55 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, Dispersic LPN21116 ( After adding 7.0 parts of Saint-Gobain's 0.3-0.4mmφ zirconia beads “ER-120S” and dispersing with a paint conditioner (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.) for 4 hours, 1 μm Filtration through a filter gave a pigment dispersion. 75.00 parts of this pigment dispersion, 5.50 parts of polyester acrylate resin (Aronix (trade name) M7100, manufactured by Toa Gosei Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentaerystol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (trade name) DPHA, Nippon Kayaku) 5.00 parts, benzophenone (KAYACURE (trade name) BP-100, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 1.00 parts, and 13.5 parts Euker ester EEP are stirred with a dispersion stirrer, and the pore size is 1.0 μm. And a red pigment coloring composition 1 was obtained.
[Red pigment coloring composition 2]
Instead of 10 parts of red pigment 1 of the above-mentioned red pigment coloring composition 1, 6 parts of red pigment 1 and 2 parts of red pigment 2 (FASTOGEN SUPER RED ATY-TR manufactured by CI Pigment Red 177 DIC Corporation), yellow pigment 2 Using 2 parts of (C.I. Pigment Yellow 139), a red pigment coloring composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as described above.
[Blue pigment coloring composition 1]
1.80 parts of triarylmethane lake pigment represented by the general formula (6) (Table 1 Compound No. 2), 2.10 parts of BYK-2164 (Bic Chemie), 11.10 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 0.3-0.4 mmφ Sepul beads were placed in a polybin and dispersed with a paint conditioner (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.) for 4 hours to obtain a pigment dispersion. 75.00 parts of this pigment dispersion, 5.50 parts of polyester acrylate resin (Aronix (trade name) M7100, manufactured by Toa Gosei Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (trade name) DPHA, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 5.00 parts of a company), 1.00 parts of benzophenone (KAYACURE (trade name) BP-100, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and 13.5 parts of Euker ester EEP (manufactured by Union Carbide) with a dispersion stirrer. And it filtered with the filter of 1.0 micrometer of hole diameters, and obtained the blue pigment coloring composition 1.
[Blue pigment coloring composition 2]
The average primary particle diameter in a small angle X-ray scattering method is 20 nm, normalized dispersion 50% blue pigment (CI Pigment Blue 15: 6) 1.80 parts, 0.18 parts of the xanthene compound of the general formula (7a), BYK-LPN21116 (Bic Chemie) 2.84 parts, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 10.19 parts, Saint-Gobain 0.3-0.4mmφ zirconia beads “ER-120S” are put in a polybin, and paint conditioner (Toyo For 4 hours to obtain a pigment dispersion. 75.00 parts of this pigment dispersion, 5.50 parts of polyester acrylate resin (Aronix (trade name) M7100, manufactured by Toa Gosei Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (trade name) DPHA, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 5.00 parts of a company), 1.00 parts of benzophenone (KAYACURE (trade name) BP-100, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and 13.5 parts of Euker ester EEP (manufactured by Union Carbide) with a dispersion stirrer. And filtered through a filter having a pore diameter of 1.0 μm to obtain a blue pigment coloring composition 2.
[Yellow pigment coloring composition 1]
In place of 10 parts of the red pigment 1 of the red pigment coloring composition 1, 10 parts of yellow pigment 1 (CI Pigment Yellow 150, FANCHON FAST YELLOW E4GN manufactured by LANXESS) was used in the same manner as described above, and yellow pigment 1 A colored composition 1 was obtained.
[Production of color filter]
The red coloring composition was applied to a glass substrate on which a black matrix had been formed in advance so as to have a film thickness of 2 μm by spin coating. After drying at 70 ° C. for 20 minutes, a striped pattern was exposed to ultraviolet rays through a photomask in an exposure machine equipped with an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. Spray development with an alkali developer for 90 seconds, washing with ion exchange water, and air drying. Further, post-baking was performed at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes in a clean oven to form red pixels, which are striped colored layers, on a transparent substrate.
 次に、緑色着色組成物も同様にスピンコートにて膜厚が2μmとなるように塗布。乾燥後、露光機にてストライプ状の着色層を前述の赤色画素とはずらした場所に露光し現像することで、前述赤色画素と隣接した緑色画素を形成した。 Next, the green coloring composition is similarly applied by spin coating so that the film thickness becomes 2 μm. After drying, the striped colored layer was exposed and developed at a place different from the above-mentioned red pixel by an exposure machine, thereby forming a green pixel adjacent to the above-mentioned red pixel.
 次に、青色着色組成物についても同様にスピンコートにて膜厚2μmで赤色画素、緑色画素と隣接した青色画素を形成した。これで、透明基板上に赤、緑、青の3色のストライプ状の画素を持つカラーフィルタが得られた。 Next, with respect to the blue coloring composition, red pixels and blue pixels adjacent to the green pixels were similarly formed by spin coating with a film thickness of 2 μm. Thus, a color filter having striped pixels of three colors of red, green, and blue on the transparent substrate was obtained.
 必要に応じて、黄色着色組成物についても、同様にスピンコートにて膜厚2μmで赤色画素、緑色画素と隣接した黄色画素を形成した。これで、透明基板上に赤、緑、青、黄の4色のストライプ状の画素を持つカラーフィルタが得られた。 If necessary, the yellow coloring composition was similarly formed by spin coating to form a yellow pixel adjacent to the red pixel and the green pixel with a film thickness of 2 μm. As a result, a color filter having striped pixels of four colors of red, green, blue and yellow on the transparent substrate was obtained.
 下記表に示す染料着色組成物又は顔料着色組成物を用い、カラーフィルタ1~5及び比較カラーフィルタ1を作成した。 Color filters 1 to 5 and comparative color filter 1 were prepared using the dye coloring composition or pigment coloring composition shown in the following table.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
〔カラーフィルタ中の有機顔料体積分率の測定〕
(顕微鏡での粗大粒子の測定)
 得られたカラーフィルタ1~5のG画素部について、任意の5点について、Nikon社製光学顕微鏡Optiphot2で、2000倍にて観察を行ったところ、いずれにおいても1000nm以上の粗大粒子は観察されなかった。
(USAXSでのカラーフィルタ1~6の測定)
 カラーフィルタ1~5のG画素部をAl製試料ホルダーにテープで貼り付け、透過用の試料台にセットした。特開2013-96944号報に記載の方法で超小角エックス線散乱測定を行い、解析した結果、3つの粒子径分布が得られ、このうち平均粒子径1nm以上40nm未満の分布で表される粒子を1次粒子、同様に40nm以上100nm未満の分布を2次粒子、および100nm以上1000nm以下の分布を3次粒子と表し、上記2次粒子と3次粒子の合計を高次粒子とした。
[Measurement of organic pigment volume fraction in color filter]
(Measurement of coarse particles with a microscope)
Regarding the G pixel portion of the obtained color filters 1 to 5, when any five points were observed with a Nikon optical microscope Optiphot 2 at a magnification of 2000, coarse particles of 1000 nm or more were not observed in any of them. It was.
(Measurement of color filters 1 to 6 with USAXS)
The G pixel portions of the color filters 1 to 5 were affixed to an Al sample holder with tape and set on a transmission sample stage. As a result of performing ultra-small angle X-ray scattering measurement by the method described in JP 2013-96944 A and analyzing the results, three particle size distributions are obtained. Of these, particles represented by a distribution having an average particle size of 1 nm or more and less than 40 nm are obtained. A primary particle, similarly, a distribution of 40 nm or more and less than 100 nm is represented as a secondary particle, and a distribution of 100 nm or more and 1000 nm or less is represented as a tertiary particle.
 上記測定・解析の結果、カラーフィルタ1~5のG画素部における平均粒子径1nm以上40nm未満の分布で表される1次粒子の体積分率は81~91%、40nm以上100nm未満の分布で表される2次粒子の体積分率は9~19%、100nm以上1000nm以下の分布で表される3次粒子の体積分率は0.0%で、40nm以上1000nm以下の粒子の占める体積分率は9~19%であった。 As a result of the above measurement and analysis, the volume fraction of primary particles represented by the distribution of the average particle diameter of 1 nm or more and less than 40 nm in the G pixel portion of the color filters 1 to 5 is 81 to 91%, and the distribution is 40 nm or more and less than 100 nm. The volume fraction of secondary particles represented is 9 to 19%, the volume fraction of tertiary particles represented by a distribution of 100 nm to 1000 nm is 0.0%, and the volume fraction occupied by particles of 40 nm to 1000 nm is The rate was 9-19%.
 それに比べ、カラーフィルタ6のG画素部における平均粒子径1nm以上40nm未満の分布で表される1次粒子の体積分率は74%、40nm以上100nm未満の分布で表される2次粒子の体積分率は21%、100nm以上1000nm以下の分布で表される3次粒子の体積分率は5%で、40nm以上1000nm以下の粒子の占める体積分率は25%であった。 In comparison, the volume fraction of primary particles represented by a distribution having an average particle diameter of 1 nm or more and less than 40 nm in the G pixel portion of the color filter 6 is 74%, and the volume of secondary particles represented by a distribution of 40 nm or more and less than 100 nm. The volume fraction of tertiary particles represented by a distribution of 21%, a distribution of 100 nm to 1000 nm was 5%, and the volume fraction of particles of 40 nm to 1000 nm was 25%.
 測定機器、測定方法は以下の通りである。
測定装置:大型放射光施設:SPring-8の中で、フロンティアソフトマター開発産学連合が所有するビームライン:BL03XU 第2ハッチ
測定モード:超小角X線散乱(USAXS)
測定条件:波長0.1nm、カメラ長6m、ビームスポットサイズ 140μm×80μm、アテネーター なし、露光時間 30秒、2θ= 0.01~1.5°
解析ソフト:2次元データの画像化と1次元化をFit2D (European Synchrotron Radiation Facilityのホームページ[http://www.esrf.eu/computing/scientific/FIT2D/]より入手)
 粒度分布の解析を(株)リガク社製ソフトウェアNANO-Solver(Ver3.6)で行った。
Measuring instruments and measuring methods are as follows.
Measuring device: Large synchrotron radiation facility: SPring-8, Frontier Soft Matter Development Industry-Academia Union beamline: BL03XU Second hatch measurement mode: Ultra-small angle X-ray scattering (USAXS)
Measurement conditions: wavelength 0.1 nm, camera length 6 m, beam spot size 140 μm × 80 μm, no attenuator, exposure time 30 seconds, 2θ = 0.01-1.5 °
Analysis software: Fit2D for two-dimensional data imaging and one-dimensionalization (obtained from the homepage of the European Synchron Radiation Facility [http://www.esrf.eu/computing/scientific/FIT2D/])
The analysis of the particle size distribution was performed with software NANO-Solver (Ver 3.6) manufactured by Rigaku Corporation.
 当該カラーフィルタの各画素部について、大塚電子製カラーフィルタ顕微分光測定装置LCF―100を用いて、CIE1931 XYZ表色系のC光源におけるx値とy値を測定した。結果を下記表に示す。 For each pixel portion of the color filter, an x value and a y value in a C light source of the CIE1931 XYZ color system were measured using a color filter microspectrophotometer LCF-100 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
(実施例1~5)
 電極構造を第一及び第二の基板の少なくとも一方に作成し、各々の対向側に水平配向性の配向膜を形成したのち弱ラビング処理を行い、IPSセルを作成し、第一の基板と第二の基板の間に以下に示す液晶組成物1を挟持した。液晶組成物1の物性値を下記表に示す。次に、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて実施例1~5の液晶表示装置を作成した(dgap=4.0μm、配向膜AL-1051)。得られた液晶表示装置のVHRを測定した。また、得られた液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
(Examples 1 to 5)
An electrode structure is formed on at least one of the first and second substrates, a horizontal alignment film is formed on each facing side, and then a weak rubbing process is performed to create an IPS cell. A liquid crystal composition 1 shown below was sandwiched between two substrates. The physical property values of the liquid crystal composition 1 are shown in the following table. Next, liquid crystal display devices of Examples 1 to 5 were produced using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table (d gap = 4.0 μm, alignment film AL-1051). VHR of the obtained liquid crystal display device was measured. The obtained liquid crystal display device was evaluated for burn-in. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
 液晶組成物1は、TV用液晶組成物として実用的な79℃の液晶相温度範囲を有し、低い粘性及び最適なΔnを有していることがわかる。 It can be seen that the liquid crystal composition 1 has a liquid crystal phase temperature range of 79 ° C. that is practical as a liquid crystal composition for TV, and has a low viscosity and an optimal Δn.
 実施例1~5の液晶表示装置は、高いVHRを実現できた。また、焼き付き評価においても残像がないか、又はあってもごく僅かであり許容できるレベルであった。
(実施例6~15)
 実施例1と同様に下記表に示す液晶組成物2~3を狭持し、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて実施例6~15の液晶表示装置を作成し、そのVHRを測定した。また、その液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
The liquid crystal display devices of Examples 1 to 5 were able to realize a high VHR. Further, even in the burn-in evaluation, there was no afterimage, or even a very slight and acceptable level.
(Examples 6 to 15)
As in Example 1, the liquid crystal compositions 2 to 3 shown in the table below are sandwiched, and the liquid crystal display devices of Examples 6 to 15 are prepared using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table, and the VHR is measured. did. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
 実施例6~15の液晶表示装置は、高いVHRを実現できた。また、焼き付き評価においても残像がないか、又はあってもごく僅かであり許容できるレベルであった。
(実施例16~30)
 実施例1と同様に下記表に示す液晶組成物4~6を狭持し、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて実施例16~30の液晶表示装置を作成し、そのVHRを測定した。また、その液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
The liquid crystal display devices of Examples 6 to 15 were able to realize a high VHR. Further, even in the burn-in evaluation, there was no afterimage, or even a very slight and acceptable level.
(Examples 16 to 30)
As in Example 1, the liquid crystal compositions 4 to 6 shown in the following table were sandwiched, and the liquid crystal display devices of Examples 16 to 30 were prepared using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table, and the VHR was measured. did. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
 実施例16~30の液晶表示装置は、高いVHRを実現できた。また、焼き付き評価においても残像がないか、又はあってもごく僅かであり許容できるレベルであった。
(実施例31~45)
 電極構造を第一及び第二の基板に作成し、各々の対向側に水平配向性の配向膜を形成したのち弱ラビング処理を行い、TNセルを作成し、第一の基板と第二の基板の間に下記表に示す液晶組成物7~9を挟持した。次に、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて実施例31~45の液晶表示装置を作成した(dgap=3.5μm、配向膜SE-7492)。得られた液晶表示装置のVHR及びIDを測定した。また、得られた液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
The liquid crystal display devices of Examples 16 to 30 were able to realize a high VHR. Further, even in the burn-in evaluation, there was no afterimage, or even a very slight and acceptable level.
(Examples 31 to 45)
An electrode structure is formed on the first and second substrates, a horizontal alignment film is formed on each opposing side, and then a weak rubbing treatment is performed to create a TN cell. The first substrate and the second substrate Between these, liquid crystal compositions 7 to 9 shown in the following table were sandwiched. Next, liquid crystal display devices of Examples 31 to 45 were prepared using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table (d gap = 3.5 μm, alignment film SE-7492). VHR and ID of the obtained liquid crystal display device were measured. The obtained liquid crystal display device was evaluated for burn-in. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000074
 実施例31~45の液晶表示装置は、高いVHR及び小さいIDを実現できた。また、焼き付き評価においても残像がないか、又はあってもごく僅かであり許容できるレベルであった。
(実施例46~50)
 電極構造を第一及び第二の基板の少なくとも一方に作成し、各々の対向側に水平配向性の配向膜を形成したのち弱ラビング処理を行い、FFSセルを作成し、第一の基板と第二の基板の間に下記表に示す液晶組成物10を挟持した。次に、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて実施例46~55の液晶表示装置を作成した(dgap=4.0μm、配向膜AL-1051)。得られた液晶表示装置のVHRを測定した。また、得られた液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
The liquid crystal display devices of Examples 31 to 45 were able to realize high VHR and small ID. Further, even in the burn-in evaluation, there was no afterimage, or even a very slight and acceptable level.
(Examples 46 to 50)
An electrode structure is formed on at least one of the first and second substrates, a horizontal alignment film is formed on each facing side, and then a weak rubbing process is performed to create an FFS cell. A liquid crystal composition 10 shown in the following table was sandwiched between two substrates. Next, liquid crystal display devices of Examples 46 to 55 were prepared using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table (d gap = 4.0 μm, alignment film AL-1051). VHR of the obtained liquid crystal display device was measured. The obtained liquid crystal display device was evaluated for burn-in. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
 実施例46~50の液晶表示装置は、高いVHRを実現できた。また、焼き付き評価においても残像がないか、又はあってもごく僅かであり許容できるレベルであった。
(実施例51~55)
 実施例36で用いた液晶組成物8 99.7質量%に対し、ビスメタクリル酸ビフェニル‐4,4’‐ジイルを0.3質量%混合し液晶組成物11とした。TNセルにこの液晶組成物11を挟持し、電極間に駆動電圧を印加したまま、紫外線を600秒間照射(3.0J/cm)し、重合処理を行い、次に、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて実施例51~55の液晶表示装置を作成し、そのVHR及びIDを測定した。また、その液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
The liquid crystal display devices of Examples 46 to 50 were able to realize high VHR. Further, even in the burn-in evaluation, there was no afterimage, or even a very slight and acceptable level.
(Examples 51 to 55)
A liquid crystal composition 11 was prepared by mixing 0.3 mass% of biphenyl-4,4′-diyl bismethacrylate with 89.7 mass% of the liquid crystal composition 8 used in Example 36. The liquid crystal composition 11 was sandwiched between TN cells, and ultraviolet light was irradiated (3.0 J / cm 2 ) for 600 seconds while a driving voltage was applied between the electrodes, followed by a polymerization treatment. Liquid crystal display devices of Examples 51 to 55 were prepared using the filters 1 to 5, and their VHR and ID were measured. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000077
 実施例51~55の液晶表示装置は、高いVHR及び小さいIDを実現できた。また、焼き付き評価においても残像がないか、又はあってもごく僅かであり許容できるレベルであった。
(実施例56~60)
 実施例41で用いた液晶組成物9 99.7質量%に対し、ビスメタクリル酸ビフェニル‐4,4’‐ジイルを0.3質量%混合し液晶組成物12とした。IPSセルにこの液晶組成物12を挟持し、電極間に駆動電圧を印加したまま、紫外線を600秒間照射(3.0J/cm)し、重合処理を行い、次に、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて実施例76~80の液晶表示装置を作成し、そのVHRを測定した。また、その液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
The liquid crystal display devices of Examples 51 to 55 were able to realize high VHR and small ID. Further, even in the burn-in evaluation, there was no afterimage, or even a very slight and acceptable level.
(Examples 56 to 60)
A liquid crystal composition 12 was prepared by mixing 0.3 mass% of biphenyl-4,4′-diyl bismethacrylate with 99.7 mass% of the liquid crystal composition 9 used in Example 41. The liquid crystal composition 12 was sandwiched between IPS cells, and ultraviolet light was irradiated (3.0 J / cm 2 ) for 600 seconds while a driving voltage was applied between the electrodes, followed by polymerization treatment, and then the color shown in the above table. Liquid crystal display devices of Examples 76 to 80 were prepared using filters 1 to 5, and their VHR was measured. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000078
 実施例56~60の液晶表示装置は、高いVHRを実現できた。また、焼き付き評価においても残像がないか、又はあってもごく僅かであり許容できるレベルであった。
(実施例61~65)
 実施例46で用いた液晶組成物10 99.7質量%に対し、にビスメタクリル酸 3‐フルオロビフェニル‐4,4’‐ジイルを0.3質量%混合し液晶組成物13とした。FFSセルにこの液晶組成物13を挟持し、電極間に駆動電圧を印加したまま、紫外線を600秒間照射(3.0J/cm)し、重合処理を行い、次に、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて実施例61~65の液晶表示装置を作成し、そのVHRを測定した。また、その液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
The liquid crystal display devices of Examples 56 to 60 were able to realize high VHR. Further, even in the burn-in evaluation, there was no afterimage, or even a very slight and acceptable level.
(Examples 61 to 65)
Liquid crystal composition 13 was prepared by mixing 0.3% by mass of bismethacrylic acid 3-fluorobiphenyl-4,4′-diyl with 99.7% by mass of liquid crystal composition 10 used in Example 46. The liquid crystal composition 13 was sandwiched between FFS cells, and a polymerization treatment was performed by irradiating with ultraviolet rays (3.0 J / cm 2 ) for 600 seconds while applying a driving voltage between the electrodes. Liquid crystal display devices of Examples 61 to 65 were produced using filters 1 to 5, and their VHR was measured. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000079
 実施例61~65の液晶表示装置は、高いVHR及び小さいIDを実現できた。また、焼き付き評価においても残像がなかった。
(比較例1~5)
 実施例1で用いたIPSセルに以下に示す比較液晶組成物1を挟持した。上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて比較例1~5の液晶表示装置を作製し、そのVHRを測定した。また、その液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
The liquid crystal display devices of Examples 61 to 65 were able to realize high VHR and small ID. Also, no afterimage was found in the burn-in evaluation.
(Comparative Examples 1 to 5)
The comparative liquid crystal composition 1 shown below was sandwiched between the IPS cells used in Example 1. Liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were produced using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table, and their VHR was measured. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000081
 比較例1~5の液晶表示装置は、本願発明の液晶表示装置と比較して、VHRは低くなってしまった。また、焼き付き評価においても残像の発生が認められ許容できるレベルではなかった。
(比較例6~10)
 実施例1と同様に下記表に示す比較液晶組成物2を狭持し、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて比較例6~10の液晶表示装置を作製し、そのVHRを測定した。また、その液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
In the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 1 to 5, the VHR was lower than that of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Also, in the burn-in evaluation, afterimages were observed and the level was not acceptable.
(Comparative Examples 6 to 10)
The liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 6 to 10 were prepared using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table by sandwiching the comparative liquid crystal composition 2 shown in the following table in the same manner as Example 1, and the VHR was measured. . The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000083
 比較例6~10の液晶表示装置は、本願発明の液晶表示装置と比較して、VHRは低くなってしまった。また、焼き付き評価においても残像の発生が認められ許容できるレベルではなかった。
(比較例111~15)
 実施例1と同様に下記表に示す比較液晶組成物3を狭持し、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて比較例11~15の液晶表示装置を作製し、そのVHRを測定した。また、その液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
In the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 6 to 10, the VHR was lower than that of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Also, in the burn-in evaluation, afterimages were observed and the level was not acceptable.
(Comparative Examples 111 to 15)
As in Example 1, the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 11 to 15 were prepared by sandwiching the comparative liquid crystal composition 3 shown in the following table and using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table, and the VHR was measured. . The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000085
 比較例11~15の液晶表示装置は、本願発明の液晶表示装置と比較して、焼き付き評価において残像の発生が認められ許容できるレベルではなかった。
(比較例16~20)
 実施例1と同様に下記表に示す比較液晶組成物4を狭持し、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて比較例16~20の液晶表示装置を作製し、そのVHRを測定した。
The liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 11 to 15 were not at an acceptable level because afterimages were observed in the burn-in evaluation as compared with the liquid crystal display devices of the present invention.
(Comparative Examples 16 to 20)
In the same manner as in Example 1, the comparative liquid crystal composition 4 shown in the following table was sandwiched, and the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 16 to 20 were produced using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table, and the VHR was measured. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000087
 比較例16~の液晶表示装置は、本願発明の液晶表示装置と比較して、VHRは低くなってしまった。また、焼き付き評価においても残像の発生が認められ許容できるレベルではなかった。
(比較例41~55)
 実施例1と同様に下記表に示す比較液晶組成物9~11を狭持し、上記表に示すカラーフィルタ1~5を用いて比較例41~55の液晶表示装置を作製し、そのVHR及びIDを測定した。また、その液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
In the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 16 to, the VHR was lower than that of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Also, in the burn-in evaluation, afterimages were observed and the level was not acceptable.
(Comparative Examples 41 to 55)
As in Example 1, the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 41 to 55 were prepared by sandwiching the comparative liquid crystal compositions 9 to 11 shown in the following table and using the color filters 1 to 5 shown in the above table. ID was measured. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000089
 比較例21~25の液晶表示装置は、本願発明の液晶表示装置と比較して、VHRは低い結果となった。また、焼き付き評価においても残像の発生が認められ許容できるレベルではなかった。
(比較例26~33)
 実施例1、16、21、26、31、36、41及び46において、カラーフィルタ1に代えて上記表に示す比較カラーフィルタ1を用いた以外は同様にして比較例56~63の液晶表示装置を作製し、そのVHRを測定し、TNセルについてはさらにIDも測定した。また、その液晶表示装置の焼き付き評価を行った。その結果を下記表に示す。
In the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 21 to 25, VHR was lower than that of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Also, in the burn-in evaluation, afterimages were observed and the level was not acceptable.
(Comparative Examples 26 to 33)
In the same manner as in Examples 1, 16, 21, 26, 31, 36, 41, and 46, except that the comparative color filter 1 shown in the above table was used instead of the color filter 1, the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 56 to 63 were used. The VHR was measured and ID was also measured for the TN cell. The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display device was performed. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000091
 比較例26~33の液晶表示装置は、本願発明の液晶表示装置と比較して、VHRは低くなってしまった。また、焼き付き評価においても残像の発生が認められ許容できるレベルではなかった。 The liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 26 to 33 had a lower VHR than the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Also, in the burn-in evaluation, afterimages were observed and the level was not acceptable.

Claims (8)

  1.  第一の基板と、第二の基板と、前記第一の基板と第二の基板間に挟持された液晶組成物層と、少なくともRGB三色画素部から構成されるカラーフィルタと、画素電極と共通電極とを備え、前記液晶組成物層が一般式(I-1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式中、R31は炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1から10のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2から10のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、M31~M32はお互い独立してトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、該トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基中の1つの-CH-は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-O-で置換されていてもよく、該フェニレン基中の1つ又は2つの水素原子はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、M33はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、該トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基中の1つ又は2つの-CH-は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-O-で置換されていてもよく、該フェニレン基中の1つ又は2つの水素原子はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよく、X31及びX32はお互い独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、Z31はフッ素原子、トリフルオロメトキシ基又はトリフルオロメチル基を表し、n31は及びn32はお互い独立して0、1又は2を表し、n31+n32は0、1又は2を表し、M31及びM33が複数存在する場合には同一であっても異なっていても良い。)で表される化合物を一種又は二種以上含有し、
    一般式(II-a)から一般式(II-f)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式中、R19~R30はお互い独立して炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1から10のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基を表し、X21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる化合物を一種又は二種以上含有する液晶組成物を含有し、
    前記RGB三色画素部が、色材として、G画素部中に小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が5~50nmの下記一般式(PIG-1)で表される第一群及び/又は下記一般式(PIG-2)で表される第二群から選択される金属フタロシアニン顔料を少なくとも1種以上含有することを特徴とする液晶表示装置。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (一般式(PIG-1)中、X1i~X16iはそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、置換基を有してもよいフタルイミドメチル基、置換基を有してもよいスルファモイル基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい複素環基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルチオ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリールチオ基を表す。Y1iは、水酸基、塩素原子、-OP(=O)R1R2、または-O-SiR3R4R5を表す。ここでR1~R5はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、水酸基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、または置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基を表し、R1とR2、R3~R5同士が互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。Mは、Ga、Al、Sc、Y及びInからなる群から選ばれる三価金属を表す。)、
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (一般式(PIG-2)中、X17i~X32iはそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、置換基を有してもよいフタルイミドメチル基、置換基を有してもよいスルファモイル基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい複素環基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルチオ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリールチオ基を表す。Mは、Ga、Al、Sc、Y及びInからなる群から選ばれる三価金属を表す。Y2iは、-O-、-O-SiR6R7-O-、-O-SiR6R7-O-SiR8R9-O-、または-O-P(=O)R10-O-を表し、R6~R10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、水酸基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、または置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基を表す。)
    A first substrate; a second substrate; a liquid crystal composition layer sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate; a color filter comprising at least an RGB three-color pixel portion; and a pixel electrode; A liquid crystal composition layer having the general formula (I-1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (Wherein R 31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, M 31 to M 32 each independently represent a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is The oxygen atom may be substituted with —O— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent, one or two hydrogen atoms in the phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and M 33 is trans-1, Represents a 4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, and one or two —CH 2 — in the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is —O 2 such that an oxygen atom is not directly adjacent to the group. Replaced with- May have, one or two hydrogen atoms in the phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, X 31 and X 32 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom independently of one another, Z 31 is a fluorine atom Represents a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group, n 31 and n 32 each independently represent 0, 1 or 2, n 31 + n 32 represents 0, 1 or 2, M 31 and M 33 In the presence of a plurality of compounds, the compounds may be the same or different.)
    From general formula (II-a) to general formula (II-f)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (Wherein R 19 to R 30 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and X 21 represents hydrogen A liquid crystal composition containing one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by:
    The RGB three-color pixel portion has a first group represented by the following general formula (PIG-1) having an average primary particle diameter of 5 to 50 nm in the G pixel portion as a colorant and 5 to 50 nm in the G pixel portion, and / or A liquid crystal display device comprising at least one metal phthalocyanine pigment selected from the second group represented by the following general formula (PIG-2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the general formula (PIG-1), X 1i to X 16i each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an optionally substituted phthalimidomethyl group, an optionally substituted sulfamoyl group, An alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, and a substituent. Y 1i represents a hydroxyl group, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent. Represents a chlorine atom, —OP (═O) R1R2, or —O—SiR3R4R5, wherein R1 to R5 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Aryl group, substituted Represents an alkoxyl group which may have a group, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, and R1 and R2, and R3 to R5 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. , Represents a trivalent metal selected from the group consisting of Al, Sc, Y and In).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the general formula (PIG-2), X 17i to X 32i each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an optionally substituted phthalimidomethyl group, an optionally substituted sulfamoyl group, An alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, and a substituent. Represents an alkoxyl group that may be substituted, an aryloxy group that may have a substituent, an alkylthio group that may have a substituent, or an arylthio group that may have a substituent, M represents Ga, Al Represents a trivalent metal selected from the group consisting of Sc, Y and In, Y 2i represents —O—, —O—SiR 6 R 7 —O—, —O—SiR 6 R 7 —O—SiR 8 R 9 —O—, or —O—. P (═O) R10—O— represents R6— R10 each independently has a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, an alkoxyl group that may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents an optionally substituted aryloxy group.)
  2.  前記RGB三色画素部が、色材として、R画素部中にジケトピロロピロール顔料及び/又はアニオン性赤色有機染料を、B画素部中にε型銅フタロシアニン顔料、トリアリールメタン染料、トリアリールメタンレーキ顔料、カチオン性青色有機染料からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種を含有する請求項1に記載の液晶表示装置。 The RGB three-color pixel portion has, as a color material, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and / or an anionic red organic dye in the R pixel portion, an ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment, a triarylmethane dye, a triaryl in the B pixel portion. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 1, comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of methane lake pigments and cationic blue organic dyes.
  3.  G画素部中に顔料誘導体を含有する請求項1又は請求項2に記載の液晶表示装置。 The liquid crystal display device according to claim 1, wherein the G pixel portion contains a pigment derivative.
  4.  前記G画素部中に一般式(3)、一般式(4)および一般式(5)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (一般式(3)~一般式(5)において、R10~R24、R25~R39、R40~R56は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、-SO3H基、-COOH基、-SO3H基又は-COOH基の1価~3価の金属塩;アルキルアンモニウム塩、置換基を有してもよいフタルイミドメチル基、又は置換基を有してもよいスルファモイル基を示す。)で表わされるキノフタロン化合物から選ばれる1種以上の顔料を含む請求項1~3の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
    General formula (3), general formula (4) and general formula (5) in the G pixel portion.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In General Formula (3) to General Formula (5), R 10 to R 24 , R 25 to R 39 , and R 40 to R 56 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent. A monovalent alkyl group, an alkoxyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a —SO 3 H group, a —COOH group, a —SO 3 H group or a —COOH group One or more pigments selected from quinophthalone compounds represented by trivalent metal salts; alkylammonium salts, optionally substituted phthalimidomethyl groups, or optionally substituted sulfamoyl groups. The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising:
  5.  一般式(I-1)で表される化合物が、一般式(I-a)から一般式(I-f)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (式中、R31は炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1から10のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2から10のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、X31~X38はお互い独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、Z31はフッ素原子、トリフオロメトキシ基又はトリフルオロメチル基を表す。)で表される化合物である請求項1~4の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
    The compound represented by the general formula (I-1) is converted from the general formula (Ia) to the general formula (If).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (Wherein R 31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, X 31 to X 38 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and Z 31 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group.) The liquid crystal display device according to any one of the above.
  6.  前記液晶組成物層に、更に一般式(III-a)から一般式(III-f)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (式中、R41は炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、炭素原子数1から10のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2から10のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、X41~X48はお互い独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、Z41はフッ素原子、トリフオロメトキシ基又はトリフルオロメチル基を表す。)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を一種又は二種以上含有する請求項1~5の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
    In the liquid crystal composition layer, the general formula (III-a) to the general formula (III-f)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (Wherein R 41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, X 41 to X 48 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and Z 41 represents a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethoxy group or a trifluoromethyl group.) The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, comprising two or more kinds.
  7.  前記液晶組成物層が重合性化合物を一種又は二種以上含有する液晶組成物を重合してなる重合体により構成される請求項1~6の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。 The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the liquid crystal composition layer is composed of a polymer obtained by polymerizing a liquid crystal composition containing one or more polymerizable compounds.
  8.  前記液晶組成物層に、一般式(V)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (式中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
    Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは2から7の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Zは-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-(式中、Y及びYはそれぞれ独立して、フッ素原子又は水素原子を表す。)、-C≡C-又は単結合を表し、Cは1,4-フェニレン基、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は単結合を表し、式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていても良い。)で表されるニ官能モノマーを含有する請求項1~7の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
    The liquid crystal composition layer has the general formula (V)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (Wherein, X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
    Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s represents an integer of 2 to 7, Z 1 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH. 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 — , —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —COO—, — CH 2 -OCO -, - CY 1 = CY 2 - ( wherein, Y 1 and Y 2 are each And represents a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.), —C≡C— or a single bond, C represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond, All of the 1,4-phenylene groups therein may have an arbitrary hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom. The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which comprises a bifunctional monomer represented by formula (1).
PCT/JP2018/018076 2017-05-26 2018-05-10 Liquid crystal display device WO2018216483A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019519559A JP6680402B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2018-05-10 Liquid crystal display
CN201880012143.0A CN110300919B (en) 2017-05-26 2018-05-10 Liquid crystal display device having a plurality of pixel electrodes

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017104601 2017-05-26
JP2017-104601 2017-05-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018216483A1 true WO2018216483A1 (en) 2018-11-29

Family

ID=64395666

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/018076 WO2018216483A1 (en) 2017-05-26 2018-05-10 Liquid crystal display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6680402B2 (en)
CN (1) CN110300919B (en)
TW (1) TWI755533B (en)
WO (1) WO2018216483A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006113042A (en) * 2004-09-17 2006-04-27 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Method of measuring average primary particle size, particle size distribution, and flocculated particle size of organic pigment
JP4993026B1 (en) * 2011-04-19 2012-08-08 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Colorant for color filter, coloring composition, and color filter
WO2014203326A1 (en) * 2013-06-18 2014-12-24 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display device
WO2016125806A1 (en) * 2015-02-03 2016-08-11 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Phthalocyanine pigment, coloring composition and color filter

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101533669B1 (en) * 2009-12-01 2015-07-03 토요잉크Sc홀딩스주식회사 Blue-colored composition for color filter, color filter and color display
KR101550427B1 (en) * 2011-03-18 2015-09-04 토요잉크Sc홀딩스주식회사 Colored composition for color filters, and color filters
JP2013096944A (en) * 2011-11-04 2013-05-20 Dic Corp Method for measuring average particle diameter, normalized dispersion value, volume fraction of primary particle and high-order particle of organic pigment
JP6106638B2 (en) * 2013-08-05 2017-04-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2016021583A1 (en) * 2014-08-06 2016-02-11 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006113042A (en) * 2004-09-17 2006-04-27 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Method of measuring average primary particle size, particle size distribution, and flocculated particle size of organic pigment
JP4993026B1 (en) * 2011-04-19 2012-08-08 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Colorant for color filter, coloring composition, and color filter
WO2014203326A1 (en) * 2013-06-18 2014-12-24 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display device
WO2016125806A1 (en) * 2015-02-03 2016-08-11 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Phthalocyanine pigment, coloring composition and color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2018216483A1 (en) 2020-02-06
TW201908470A (en) 2019-03-01
CN110300919B (en) 2022-07-01
JP6680402B2 (en) 2020-04-15
CN110300919A (en) 2019-10-01
TWI755533B (en) 2022-02-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5321932B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5273494B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5505568B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5413706B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5413705B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5299593B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5299588B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5652576B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
TWI778127B (en) Liquid crystal display device
JP6002998B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP6680402B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5765503B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5299594B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
WO2016021582A1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
TWI439538B (en) Liquid crystal display device
TWI502056B (en) Liquid crystal display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18805972

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019519559

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18805972

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1